CENSUS OF 1961

PUNJAB

DISTRICT CENSUS HANDBOOK No.8

LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT

R. L. ANAND Superintendent of Census Operations, Punjab, Haryana and Union Territory oj Chandigarh

Published by the Government of Punjab 1968 -' ",""J' II) t-:"'; .( ..cc I- t-= OIl OJ "\, % OJ ::I I- ~ 0 ""., ::I ..J ,:- en ( , 0 " t.l !". " I 0 r~ \...... _._., I .....:

,-- _A "_0,('; ( do I- 0 0 \ \ \ 7 L \ ,~ "\ '\. '-, Go Q. ( ~ ,..L_~j. ) en WI II) 0: "- .. I .) .. \ - 0 a: a: >- >- a: :::> 0 0 ::> :::> - ..J .. 0 0 I-a: 01 ..J X X 0 OJ OJ \..7 <1<1 X zO I- - a: I- 0 I u.. { :> UJ , 0:

.., It "I"

w' CENSUS OF INDIA 1961

A-CENTRAL GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS

Tile r:!nlicatiolls relating to PUlljab b~ar Volume No. xnr, and arc bound Scp1ratcJy as follows

Part I .. A General Report Part LV-A Report on Housing and Establish­ ments Part I-B Reporl on Vital Statistics Part TV-B Tables on Housing and Establish­ ments

Part I-C (i) Subsidiary Tables Part V-A Special fables on Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes

Part I-C (ii) Subsidiary Tables Part V-B Ethnographic Noles on Scheduled Caste~ and Scheduled Tribes

Part II-A Gen eral Population Tables Part VI Village Survey Monographs :44 in number, each relating to an indiviuual village

Part II-B 0) General Economic Tablef: Part VII-A Report On Se~ected Handicrafts (Tables B-1 to B-IV, B-VIII ;_;nd B-IX)

Part II-B (ii) General Economic Tables Part VII-B Report and Tables on Fairs and (Tables B-V to B-VlI) Festivals

Part H-C (i) Social and Cultural Tables Part VITT-A Administrative Report: Enumera­ tion (Not for sale)

Paft H-C (ii) Migration Tables Part VlIl-B Administrative Report: Tabula­ tion (Not for sale) Part III .' Household Economic Tables Part IX Socio-Economic Atlas B-PUNJAB GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS

19 Volumes of District Census Handbooks:-

DCH-I Hissar DCH-l1 Ludhiana DCH-2 Rohtak DCH-12 · . Ferozepur DCH-3 Gurga~ DCH-13 · . Amritsar DCH-4 Kar~ DCH-14 Gurdaspur DCH-5 AI~rt DCH-I5 Kapurthala DCH-6 SiM~,' DCH-I6 Bhatinda

i' • DCH-7 Krt~f!ra DCH-I7 · . Sangrur DCH-8 Lah~¥:~~Spit:f- nCH-I8 Patiala DCH-9 Hoshiarpur DCH-19 Mahendragarh DCR-tO JuJlundur PREFACE

The reports and st:ltistical volumes p~rtaining to tIl':: 196 I-census fall under three broad groups on the basis of territory cOVerage. The All-l nd.ia Reports and Tables compiled in the office of the Registrar-General, India, encompass the cntire cCJuntry. The reports compiled by the State Supcrintcndents relate to indiv:dual Slatcs and Centrally Administered Territories. The third group consists of Di~,trict Census Handbooh, the scope of w:lich i5 limited io individual Districts, and they give information fo;' c~lch town ulld village. The Handbooks were compiled by the Superintendent of Censlls Operations, Punja h, but the State Government has undertaken their publication.

Th~ District Ce;lsus Handbooks were published for the fir~t time :\t tne J951-ccnsus. They proved v(;ry lIseful with the officers, working in Community Development Bhck<;. Tahsl]s :Jl1J Oi"tr;cls,

I 11 ~ book is divided in to four part s. Part 1 consi:,ts of four eha pters. Chapter I introd uces the Di~ trict, giving in formation Oil its location, physical features, eli mate, i'aunJ and nor:: :lnd pbces of i nteresC a brief history oftM District and its admini,trative machinery. In ChClptcr Hare di<;cllssed the usc of land, main. crops and irrigation, industries, trade and commerce. and communications. I n Chapter II[ the ~,alicnt features ofpopuhtion are discussed. Chapter IV deals with social ~lnd dcve!c'j)mcntal activities. and achievements during the First and Second Five-Year Plans.

In Part If are presented the statistics secured fr0111 various Government Departments relating to r'linfall, temperature, and tltili~alion, irrigation, area and yield of principal crops, industry, co-opcr:ltion, education, medical and health, transport and communications, community development activities, bHnks and insurance, and justice. At the end appears a Table on the fairs and festivals in the District.

The Tables relating to the 1961-census are presented in Part lII. Part IV contains a Directory of Kothis and Gaons showing which among them have educational institutions, hospitals and dispensaries, post and telegraph offices, electrification and protected water-supply; area; number of occupied residential houses and households living therein; population; persons belonging to SchedUled Castes and Scheduled Tribes; number of literate and educated pCrSlll1S; number of workers in nine broad industrial categories; and number of nOl1-wnrkers.

The book contains three maps. There is a map of thc District showing the administratin boundaries, roads, rivers and location of Kothis. Another map shows the distribution of population of rural areas by dots. The third map shows location of schools, dispensaries and post officeS. These maps were prepared by Sarvshri Gurmit Singh Gill, Economic Investigator. and Mal kiat Singh, Draftsman.

This publication is the outcom.: of the joint efforts of a large number of workers and Government Departments, and grateful acknowledgement is made of the help received from them. Within the Census Organisation mention needs to be made of Shri Jaswant Singh Dilawary, Office Superintendent, and Sarvshri Vishwa Mitter, COJ?1putor an~iJaswallt La), Assistant Compiler, for preparing the Tables appearing in Part If, under the superviSIon of Silri T.P. Garg. P.C S .. Deputy Superintendent of Census Ope 1'<1' ions; and of Shri G.D. Singla, Tabulation Oftkcr and Sarvshri Joginder Nath Suri and Dharam Paul Jain, Statistical Assistants, and Shri Ajab Lal Kakkar, Computor, for preparing the Tables appearing ill Parts III and IV, under the supervision of Shri Pawan Kumar, the t[len Tabulation Officer.

Shri Madan Lal Sharma, Tabulation Officer, produced a cc)mprehensivc draft of this Handbook after paying a number of visits to the District, and after collecting valuable information by personal observations and contact with a large number of offiCials/non-officials in the District. Shri B.S. Tancja, Stenographer rendered valuable help in typing the manuscript.

Shri Janak Raj Vashistha, Tabulation Officer, and Sarvshri Joginder Nath Suri and Daulat Ram, Statistical Assistants, and Shri Ajab Lal Kakkar, Computor, rendered valuable assistance in seeing 1he Report through the Press.

The Organization .is indebted to Kanwar Sita Ram, P,C.S., Deputy Superintend~nt of Census Operations for editing the first draft of the report. The Orgar'lisation is also indebted to Shri R. L. Anand, Ex-Superintendent of Census Operations, Punjab, Haryana and Union Territory of Chandigarh, for his overall direction, guidance and editing of 1his Report.

Our thanks are due also to Shri Pawittar Singh Walia, Deputy Controller, for his personal attention ill the printing of the book,

H.S, KWATRA, P.C,S., J. L ARORA, H.C.S., CHANDIGARH: Deputy Superintendent of Census Deputy Superintendent of CenSllS December 7, 1968 Operations, Punjab, Chandigarh Operations, Haryana, Chandigarh

CONTENTS PAGE

PREFACE iii PART I-INTRODUCTION TO THE DISTRICT 1--33 Chapter 1- Introduction 3 Chapter If-Economy 15 Chapter Ill-Population 23 Chapter IV-Social and Developmental Activities 29 PART II-DEPARTMENTAL STATISTICS 35-58 Explanatory Note 39 Tables 41 PART Ill-CENSUS TABLES 59-167 Explanatory Note 65 Tables 93 PART IV-DIRECTORY OF VILLAGES (Kothis) 169-189 Explanatory Note 170 Directory 172 Alphabetical List of Gaons 185 MAPS Lahaul & Spiti District: Tahsil boundaries, Kotbis, Roads, Rivers and Canals Frontispiece Lahaul & Spiti District: Distribution of Population, 1961 facing page 23· Lahaul & Spiti District: Location of Schools, Dispensaries and Post Offices facing page 29

PART I INTRODUCTION TO THE DISTRICT

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION Name.-The name of the District is a combination of the names, of its two sub-divisions, Lahaul and Spiti. In the Tibetan language, the word 'Lho-yul' means southern country. This name is said to have originated when Lahaul was under the sway of Ladakhi rulers who designated their territory in the south as 'Lho-yul'. This theory, propounded by Moorcraft, was universally accepted, but recent research repudiates it. Both the Tibetan and the local people call this area Garzha; it is the people of Kulu who call it Lahau!. Moreover it has been now proved that all through the ancient times, Lahaul remained more or less under Chamba 'and Kulu. Dr. Hazari Prasad Dwivedi has put forward another version, tracing the name Lahaul to the Lahaul-Pashupat sect which thrived in India during the middle ages. According to him, Lahaul is an abbreviation of the original word Lahaul-Pashupat. Spiti, the name of the other sub-division of the District, is pronounced locally as Piti, which is also a Tibetan word meaning 'middle province'. The name appears to have been given to the territory on account of its location between the then British India, Kashmir, and Bashahr. Location and boundaries.-The District is located on the northern-most fringe of Punjab. To its East lies Tibet, so that the District adjoins the international border with China. On the North of the District lies District of Jammu and Kashmir State, and Himachal territories flank it in the West and South­ East. To its South lie the SUb-divisions of Kulu and Palampur of . The District lies between North latitude 13°-44'-45" and 33°-00'-10", and between East longitude 76°-44'-45 and 78°-40'-15", taking the shape of an irregular tilted rectangle with the longer sides from east to west. Area (Table A-I)*.-According to the Surveyor General, India, the area of the District is 4,714 sq. miles, but the Director of Land Records, Punjab, places it at 3,700.8 sq. miles. It is the fourth biggest District of the Punjab, the first three being Kangra (6,292 sq. miles), Hissar (5,363 sq. miles) and Ferozepur (3.887.6 sq. miles). Spiti is the bigger of its two sub-divisions and occupies about 62 per cent of the District area. There is no urban area in the District. Physical Jeatures.-High mountain ranges and narrow river valleys are the distinctive features of the District. The sharp peaks are between 17,000 ft. and 23,000 ft. above the sea level. The slopes up to the elevation of 11,000 feet are characterised have verdure during summer, but above this height, it is barren and arid.

The average elevation of mountains and valleys is higher in the Spiti sub-division thr n in Lahalll. The Main Himalayan Mountain Range, entering from the north-western tip of the District boundary, extends through Baralacha region, and encompassing the upper reaches of the rivers Tsarab, Paraicbu and Lingti, terminates at the place where river Spiti leaves the District boundaries. The mid-Himalayan range separates the District from Kulu and Bara Banghal and merges itself into the Sri Kandh range, which meets the Main Himalayan Range at the ri rer Spiti. The western part of the District is bounded by the great Pir Punjal range. The mid and the main Himalayan ranges are joined by the Kunzum range, which separates the District into the two natural divisions of Lahaul and Spiti, which are open to each other only during the summer months, through the more renowned passes of K unzum and Baralacha. The Lahaul sub-division has five natural parts, viz. Chandra valley, Bhaga valley, combined Chandra-Bhaga valley, plain of Lingti, and the great mass of glaciers and high peaks encircled by Chandra and Bhaga rivers. Similarly Spiti is sub-divided into two parts, viz. areas situated on this side of the Main Himalayan Range comprising the main including valleys of its tributaries like Pir, Rotang, Lingti, etc., the second part being situated on the other side of the range comprising the valleys of the Paraichu and Tsarab rivers. Rh'ers and Drainage system.-The District has three important rivers, viz. Chandra, Bhaga and Spiti. The first two which are exclusively in the Lahaul Sub-division form the headwaters of the Chenab, locally known as Chandra-Bhaga river. However, the Spiti, which is the main river of the Spiti Sub-division, empties its waters in the river. The important rivers, having altogether a different drainage system, are Yunan, Tsarab and Paraichu which flow' into Ladakh territory and finally become part of the great Indus river "Page 93.

3 4

Th'! Chandra.-The river Chandra takes off from the huge snow bed in the south-eastern side of the Baralach a Pass. begins a~ a considerable stream, and in the summer it becomes quite unfordable a mile from its source. Lookmg down the valley from the pass, there is on the right hand, a vista of grand peaks and glaciers falling abruptly to the water edge, and on the left the slopes are bare with their feet hidden in long stretches of fallen debris and rich grassy pastures below as far as the eye can see. Following a general south westernly line for 30 miles, the river sweeps round to the west, and then towards north-west till it meets the Bhaga at Tandi. During its long journey, the river is fed by mighty glaciers the important among which are the Shegri and Samundori, situated on the left and right banks respectively of the river. The other notable tributaries issue from the sOl1epani glacier opposite Khoksar and glacier. The left bank is steep and bare, but there is good grazing on the right bank down to Khoksar. From its source to its confluence w;th the Bhaga, the river registers a fall of about 65 feet per mile. The Bhaga.-From the Baralacha Pass, the Bhaga flows north-west and then curves round to south-west. The total length of the Bhaga is 0 ver 40 miles with an average fall of 125 feet per mile. A number of small glaciers f('ed the Bhaga on its way. Its biggest tributaries are (he Yotse Nullah and the Zangskar Chu or Kado Dokpo. which join the main stream from the opposite sides of , some 11,500 ft. above Sea level. The Zangskar Chu issues from the Shingola glacier. In the lower part near Keylong, the enormous Billing Nullah joins Bhaga. Cultivation and habitation lie high above the river, the banks being rocky and steep. The Chandra-Bhaga.-Below Tandi which is at an elevation of some 9,500 f1. has a gradient of 30 ft. per miles over its 16 miles north-west courSe through the Pattan valley before entering the of at Thirot village. The valley of Chan I}! a-Bhaga is broader more fertile and thickly populated except at a place just short of Thirot where the river passes through a narrow gorge formed by high cliffs on both banks. Numerous nullahs join the stream from both sides, the more important being the Shashan Nullah and lalma Nullah from the right and the Rachel Nullah from the left bank. On the top of the Bashrel Nullah lies the Kukti-pass, which affords access into Palampur. This is the route used by the Gaddis to and from Lahaul during summer. The biggest tributary of the Chandra-Bhaga. however, is the huge Tsokhang Nullah which empties into the main stream near the boundary at Thirot. The Spiti.-The Spiti river which emanates from near the takes a long route on its onward journey to its point of exit. The main river and its tributaries are grouped together rather symmetrically, like a tree leaning towards the north-west, the lower branches being larger and the whole tapering off to the top. The length of the main stream from the corner formed by the junction of the Kunzum Range with the Main Himalayan Range to its exit from Spiti on the south-east is about 70 miles. The main stream of the Pin valley is about 30 miles long: the Gyundi and Ratang on this bank are about 20 miles in length. On the other side, the Lingti has a length of over 25 miles, with numerous affiuents. The other large streams on the left bank of the Spiti are the Sampa and the Shila. The -Spiti river and all its tributaries are violent torrents which in the summer rise every day with the snow melt, subsiding to a comparatively low level when the ,frosts at night seal their sources in the high-lying glaciers. The water of these streams, heavily charged with silt. is turbid and yellow. 1-0', '~ The Tsarab.-This river in the north runs for about thirty miles northwards before joining the Yunan river coming from the plain of Lillgti and entering Zangskar. Lakes.-There are two lakes in the District. is a pretty little lake situated on the Baralacha and is the source of the Bhaga river. The Chandera Tal, situated near the Palmo Pass, at an elevation of 14,000 ft. is six furlongs in length and three in breadth, and has outlet into the Chandra river. The Chandra Tal lies in the centre of a huge grassy bowl covered with flowers during the summer. Its colour varies between deep green and greenish blue, with a quality of crystalline brightness about it, like "a shining turquoise placed on a cloth of green baize." As the banks of rivers are high, canals cannot be taken out of them. Wherever possible, the water from creaks is utilised for irrigation, and at places channels are dug along the contours of the nullahs. Geology.-The northern division of the Himalayan rocks, known as the Tibetan zone, extends through practically the whole of Spiti and the north-eastern portion of Lahau!. The rocks of the central zone form the major portion of Lahaul and are met with, in Spiti, in a small area on the south-western border. The Himalayan rocks afford an almost unbroken sequence of sedimentary deposits ranging from Cambrian to Cretaceous. The oldest beds are slates and quartzites for the most part unfossiliferous, but containing in the higher beds trilobites and other fossils of Middle and Upper Cambrian age. These are overlain, uncomformably, by conglomerate, followed by a ~reat.ma.ss of re~ qua.rtzt~, believed to be of lo~er Silurian age, a?d passing up into limestHImalayas. Except 10 Upper SpIt! the quartzite is usually overlain by beds of Upper Permian age.. Next in order is a ~onglomerate . of variable thickness, overlain by calcareous, sand-stone and a bed of dark mIcaceous shale representIng the PermIan. 5

Central Zone, in general, consists of metamorphic and crystalline rocks (due to volcanic action) and only a small area near the junction of the Chandra and Bhaga is formed of the primeval unfossiliferous sedimentary rocks. The chief rock formation is massive granite and gneises. Slates, quartzites, and conglomerates of unknown age are also found at places. Spiti contains large quantities of gypsum and limestone, whh some slate, but hitherto the remoteness of the tract has robbed these deposits of all commercial value. The absence of fuel also makes the local use of limestone impossible for the production of lime. However, Lahaul has no mineral deposits worth the name. There is a minute quantity of gold in the Bhaga sands. There are some stibnite (sulphide of antimony) deposits at the Shigri glacier which still remains to be exploited. Archaeology.-Budhism seems to have entered Lahaul from India in the 8th Century A.D. The reason for this conclusion is that the name of Padma Sambhava, the famous Budhist Missionary of that time, is mentioned not only in connection with the most ancient Budhist monasteries of Lahaul, but even in regard to Hindu places of worship in the adjoining countries. In the ancient book called Padma bka-btang, the countries Zahor (Tibetan for Mandi) and Gazha (Garzha the local name for Lahaul) are mentioned among the countries visited by Padma Sambhava; and the name Gandola (Guru Ganta!) occurs among those of the monasteries founded by the same lama at the confluence of rivers Chandra and Bhaga. The Kangani monastery located in Manchat, Shashur and Kardang monasteries situated in the vicinity of Key long are also ancient and of archaeolo­ gical interest. These monasteries have preserved ornate paintings of saints, demons, and evil looking beasts; paintings on silk; yaks tails; devil masks; swords; drums; cymbals and other weired looking instruments; and Budha of giant sizes, swathed in purple and white, with many attendent effigies of lesser divinities. The Rev. Francke has described in his "History of Western Tibet" some very old stone carvings near springs and other p laces in Pattan. He also discovered 23 inscriptions on rocks, which are mostly very brief, and are either invocations addressed to some God or great lama, or simply give the name of some ancient king or queen. He opines that one inscription at Kardang is as old as the 12th century. There are also some large rock-carvings of Budhistic figures in various parts of Lahaul, and old tombs dating from the early part of the 9th century.

Climate.-The climate of Lahaul is most bracing as the ruddy cheeks of the inhabitants testify. The air is crisp)nd keen, especially in the valley of Chandra. Monsoons are hardly felt. In July and August there is some rain but generally speaking the weather during summer is cloudless. From June to the middle of September the day temperatures rise considerably and it is fairly warm, but the nights are cool and pleasant. The. temperature starts falling from October onwards. December to February are severely . fhere is no observatory or recording station in the area. The Moravian Mission:used to maintain a record of temperature and rainfall/snowfall, as follows:-

TEMPERATURE AT KEYLONG

(Average figures of 21 years)

MOllth Temperature (cen tigrade) 1. January -4.50 2. February -4.83 3. March -0.72 4. April +4.72 5. May +9.77 6. June +14.22 7. July +16.50 8. August +16.50 9. September +13.11 10. Octobe'." + 7.94 II. November + 3.94 12. December -1.39

The temperature in January and February on some days falls as low as minus 20 0 rcentigrade at Keylollg and is fou ud even lower in the Chandra Valley. 6

Lying north of Mid-Himalayan Range, which is an inseparable barrier against the moisture-laden mon­ soon currents from the south, causing the rain to spend itself on the southern face, the area does not get much rain during the summer months. On the other hand much greater precipitation occurs during the period December to May, caused by the storms of high elevation, originating from the Persian Gulf.

Figures of monthly rainfall and (melted) snowfall for the years 1960, 1961 and 1962 are given below:

MONTH YEAR TOTAL AVERAGE

.~-- 1960 1961 1962 ems. cms. cms. 1. January 4.19 9.91 1.56 15.66 5.22 2. February 6.86 7.30 7.02 21.18 7.06 3. March 18.59 12.22 4.36 35.17 11.72 4. April 63.50 14.62 17.60 95.72 31.91 5. May 3.50 2.68 11.08 17.26 5.75 6. June 3.14 1.42 2.20 6.76 2.25

7. July 4.67 3.82 3.92 12.41 4.14 8. August 2.43 5.40 2.90 10.73 3.58 9. September 10.66 6.76 27.56 44.98 14.99 10. October 0.60 0.28 0.60 1.48 0.49 11. November 3.40 4'08 7.88 15·36 5.12 12. December 6.90 1.52 3.33 11.75 3.92

The seasons in Spiti correspond generally with those of Lahaul, the spring is somewhat delayed and the winter of longer duration. The mean elevation of the villages being considerably higher than in Lahaul, snow begins to fall in December, and remains on the ground till the end of April, but seldom exceeds a depth of 2t feet, which is much less than in Lahaul. The rivers almost cease to run in the winter and are bridged over with snow. The cold is very severe, and is aggravated by violent and piercing winds. Slight showers of rain come in July and August. Severe frosts set in before the close of September. In summer the sun is very powerful in this treeless and shadeless tract, and the temperature at noon is very high.

Fau a . -There are few species of wild animals in Spiti, but Ibex and Barhal are found in large number on the hillsides. The Ibex (Capra siberica), locally called Tangrol is a heavily built sturdy goat with large horns. Herds of this sure footed crags man graze on the lower slopes in the winter but retreat before summer to higher elevations. They are preyed on by the grey wolf (Canis lupus) and the snoW leopard (Felis uncia). Barhals (Ovis nahura) are also reported in Lahau!. Hill foxes (Vulpes montanus) are numerous enough, and there is some trade in fox skins. Brown bears (Urus isbellinus) are also fairly common, as also rarely the musk dear (Moschus moschiferus) are also to be seen. Marmots abound on the Lingti plain which is honey-combed with their burrows, and an odd rabbit­ like rat may be seen occasionally among the boulders on the hill side. Snow pigions (Columba leuconata) are plentiful near cultivation and chikor (Caccabs chukor) on the hillside. The only other game bird is the snow pheasant (Tatraogallus himalayansis). Of singing birds there are none, and the great stillness is one of the most striking features of this alpine tract, unbroken save by the sound of rushing water and the occasional thunder of an avalanche. Snakes and other venoumous reptiles are unknown but centipedes are found in plenty in the houses. When the water in rivers is low or where it lies in pools small fish (snow trout) of excellent flavour are caught. Flora.-The flora is of Central Asiatic and Siberian character and also of dry alpine nature at lower elevations on account of the limited amount of rainfall, low humidity and extremely cold climate. 7

The valley up to the elevation ot 11,000 feet is characterised during summer by its greenery but above this height by general want of it. Up to 11,000 feet a 'variety of trees such as junipers (Juniperus mocropoda), blue pine (Pinus excelsa), pirch (Betula utilis), willows (Salix fragilis), poplars (Populus cibata juglandeac), spruce (Picea Morinda), pyrus (pyrus Pashia), and walnut (Juglans regia cupulifela~) are to be seen. Roses, hippophalarhamor-oides, juniperus communis, Juniperus recurva, Artemisia and ephedra form the main shrubly vegetation of the valleys. The finest flowering plant is Eremurus spectabilis, of which the flowering stem is full five feet in height, and spike of inflorescence from two to three feet in length. Higher up, junip,er, birch, and­ romeda and rhododindron are found in shrub form and that too up to at the most 14,000 feet. The Gentians grow in great luxuriance with acomium, jurinea macrocephala, rhubabrbs" and polygonum. Above 16,000 feet the most characteri<;tic plant is rhem moorcroftianum. Upon the crests of hilly Iris Kumaoneus is grows chiefly in the more sheltereci localities. Hierochloe laxa is met within a similar localities and is valued as good grass for fodder.

North-East of the Baralacha Pa~s lies the plain of Lingti, where on the plain vegetation is limited to a Caragna, while a few plants of Gentiana-Clal, compositae and Boragincae are found near streams. The important medicinal herbs are : Artemisia, Ephedra, Aconitum, Podophyllum, Gentians and Hyoscy­ amus nigor. In lung troubles the jelly made from the fruit of Hippophae rhamnoides is strongly recom­ mended by the lamas. Aconitum heterophyllum, Jurinea macrocephala (Dhup) Cuminum Cyminum (Zira) and Gentiana species are exported in sizeabie quantities to Kulu. Arjemisia are the only source of santonin which is very costly and an important anthelmintie. __. - Kail (Pinus excelsa)is the most valuable tree of the District,and is used in house construction. Shugpa Juniper (Juniperus mocropoda) is considered inferior to that of Kail. This is used extensively as firewood. Its fruit and small branches are used as incense. The timber of birch is considered jnferior and is rarely used in buildings except in Sissu where better trees are not available. It is a good fuelwood tree and its young twigs are used also for making jhoola (rope bridge). Willow' (Salix fragilis) locally call1ed Beli is largely cultivated where irrigation is available. These are well looked after and are used for both fodder and fuel. The Forest Department has recently introduced the Russian eln which is doing exceedingly well. The flora of Spiti resembles that of Lahaul though it is scanty. Wild grasses and nutritious fodder plants grow on the edges of the watercourses and fields. These are generally wild but a sort of lucerne has been introduced from Ladakh. In the. higher pastures grow the wild pea and thistle with a strong smelling plant called yeldang (ebbang below Dangkar)~ affording rich food for cattle and sheep. Juniper occurs scantily above Dangkar and more thickly below that village : birch is found lower down below Mane. A furze grows thickly over some parts of the country and is used as fuel. HISTORY

Lahaul & Spiti is bounded by Chamba, Kulu, Kinnaur, Ladakh and Tibet. Therefore, its history has been determined by one or more of the kingdoms established in these territories. The influence on Lahaul has been much deeper from its western, southern and northern neighbours viZ'. Chamba, Kulu and Ladakh, whereas Spiti was greatly influenced by its eastern neighbour, Tibet.

The people of Lahaul are a mixed race, and linguistic research indicates that in remote times (200 B.C.), the country was inhabited by an aboriginal tribe, in language and perhaps also in stock, analogous to the Munda-speaking tribes of Bengal and Central India. Tpis tribe must have borrowed in very early times from the vocabulary of their Tibetan neighbours, who must have constantly come in contact with them as nomad graziers, traders or invaders. The first historical mention of Lahaul is to be had of Hiuen Tsiang, who in the course of his travels in India between A.D. 629 and 645 visited ~ulu. It seems probable tv at a loose connection with Ladakh may h~ve existed from a remote period but this connection was mainly restricted to cultural and trade relatio ns. Pditically, Lahaul was then more or less under Chamba and Kulu. There are indications in the records of these countries that Chamba may have held Pattan Valley, almost as far up as the Junction of the Chandra and Bhaga Valleys, and in the wars of those times, the Chamba armies while invading Kulu, probably advanced by way of the Kukti Pass and LahauI. In Kulu annals it is stated that Lahaul was conquered from Kulu by Chamba around 600 A. D. but was recovered in the following reign, after a battle at the foot of the . These records are largely legendary, yet they tend to confirm'the tradition that Lahaul was more or ~ess under Kulu and Chamba in early times.

F:lfly traditions in Lahaul tell of an invasion by a race of foreigners from the north, believed to have been a people from beyond Yarkand who are said to have held the country for ten or twehe years. Old 8

tombs discovered are thought to belong to that time. Captain Harcourt conjectured that this invasion may have taken place in the time of Changiz Khan, but it was probably at a much e1flier period. These invaders might b~ the Saka atld Khlsa Tribes, who on being driven out of Central Asia by the Huns, crossed over into India and settled in Mid-Himalayan valleys. They are said to have been ultimately driven out by a com­ bined force from Suket and Kulu. This must have been round about 780-800 A.D. The tract, being open to invasions. must have changed hands. The Chandra Valley is assumed to have been under Kulu, leaving out the Bhaga Valley to Ladakh, and even this does not seem to have rem'lined long in their hands. Somewhere in the twelfth century, Lha-Chen-Utpala, King of Ladakh, invaded Kula, presumably through Lahaul: and exacted from the Raja a treaty, in which the latter promised to pay tribute in d::os (half­ bred yaks) and Iron. As there are no dzos in Kulu, they must have gone from LahauJ, which must, therefore, have been a provin::;e of Kulu, part atleast. This treaty remained in force till the seventeenth century. The Ladakh chronicles record another invasion of Kulu, vvhich must have taken place through Lahaul, about 1530-1560 A.D. probably in the reign of Sidh Singh or Bahadur Singh. A little later, Tsewang NamgyaJ is said to have conquered Kulu and with it, apparently also Lahaul. This invasion is referred to in the chroni­ cles of KoJong in Lahaul, and was probably the result of an attempt on the part of the Kulu chief to throw off the Tibetan hold on the country. The Jesuit Father Azendo, who in 1631, passed through Lahaul on his way from to the Punjab plains, definitely states that Lahaul, which he calls Garja (Tibetan Gar-ha) was subject to the Kingdom of Kulu.

From about 1570 A.D. onward~ Ladakhi influence in Lahaul waned. Then, or soon thereafter, the kings of Kulu and Leh entered into a trade agreement whereby the former sent each year through Lahau! to Lingti, at least a hundred coolie loads of iron in ex.change for Sulphur provided by the latter. This exchange la3ted till the Sikh occupation of Kulu and Lahaul.

About 1700 A.D., Raja Man Singh of Kulu further strengthened his hold on the country by advancing to the north of Baralacha Pass and fixing the boundary with Ladakh, probably at Lingti, where it still is. He also built the Gondhla Fort and married a daughter of the Gondhla family, but after Bidhi Singh the names of Kulu Rajas seldom occur on any inscriptions.

In the time of Raja Pritam Singh, whose name is found on inscnptlOns at Geymur and Lindur (1800 A.D.) a Lahaul contingent assisted him in the war against Mandi at Bajaura, where the Lahaulas fought under the banner of Gyephang Lha, the spirit of the great peak overlooking Kulu Valley. An account of this event was in the possession of the Moravian Mission at Keylong, written both in Pahari and Urdu.

The chronicles of Ladakh also record a foray into Zangskar made by the peopJe of Kulu and Lahaul, who after devastating and plundering villages withdrew. When Moorcroft passed through Lahau1 in 1820, the Kulu revenue headquarters in Lahaul were at Yandi, where two officers, Hakim and Kanungo, or commissioner and accountant, r~sided. There was also a store house, called kotM, where grain was deposited as revenue. On the subjection and annexation of Kulu by the Sikhs in 1840-41, Lahaul also was taken over and ruled by them, but with the annexation of the Punjab in 1846 by the British, both Kulu and Lahaul became British territory,

The old history of Spiti is different from that of Lahau]' It is believed that in very early times Spiti was probably ruled by a Hindu dynasty of RaJas bearing the suffix of Sen. One of the old Hindu Rajas was possibly Raja Samudra Sen who presented to the temple of Paras Ram at Nirmand in Saraj its copper piate grant and founded that institution. There seems to be nothing improbable in this and we !ire ~old in Vanshavali (genealogy) of Kulu that one of the latter Rajas, Rajinder Sen, invaded Kulu and made 1t trlbutary in the reign of Rudar Pal. Kulu paid tribute to Spiti for two reigns, until Parsidh Pal by a victory over Raja Chet Sen of Spiti in a battle near the Rohtang Pass, freed his country.

Soon afterwards the Hindu kingdom of Spiti was overthrown by a Tibetan invasion from Ladakh (Tibetan Ladag). A jagir was granted to Chet Sen's son, and three villages of Spiti were. given to ~aj8; Sansar Pal of Ku1u for his assistance, by the victorious Tibetans. This was approximately In th: begmntng <;>f the 7th century A.D. Spiti thus passed under Tibetan rule and seems to have formed a. prOVll1ce of the kIngdom of Ladakh in the 10th century. Western Tibet was then conquered by Skyid Ide nylma gon (grandson of Lang­ darma, the Tibetan King who persecuted Budhism). He founded the new Ladakh Kingdom, and o~. his death about 1,000 A.D. his dominions were divided among his three sons, the youngest Lde-tsug-gon rccclvlng, with other parts, the countries of Zangskar, Lahaul and Spiti, and these remained a part of Ladakh after the consolidation of that kingdom under Lha Chen Utpala (1125-50 A.D.), who conquered Lahaul and Kulu and made them his tributaries. 9

The political situation during the period 1150-1559 A.D. is rather confusing, because there are scanty data to substantiate any definite conclusion. However, it could be construed with certainty that during the reign of Jamyang of Namgyal of Ladakh (1560-1590) Spiti beCC1me independent of Ladakh, which could not match the strength of the Baltis. But during 1590-1620, the Ladakhis under Seugge Namgyal succeeded in throwing away the yoke of BaHis and consequent upon this Spiti once again became a vassal of Ladakh. Sometime after 1688, Spiti was invaded by a Kulu ruler named Man Singh, who exacted a tribute. As relations between Kulu and Spiti were of a loose nature, it is very probable that it continued appeas­ ing both Kulu and Ladakh. No doubt Spiti remained a province of Ladakh, yet due to its remote and inaccessible situation, the country was left very much to govern itself. The Spiti people were a peace loving race. They paid a small tribute to all the surrounding States by way of black-mail to escape being plundered. After the Sikhs had annexed Knlu in 1841, they sent up a force to plunder Spiti. They retreated when they got all the plunder they could, and did not attempt to annex the country to Kulu or to separate it from Ladakh. In 1846 A.D., on the cession of the trans-Sutle] States after the First Sikh War, the British Government with the object of securing a road to the wool districts of the Chang Thang, added Spiti to Kulu, and gave Jammu Maharaja other territory in exchange. In 1846, Lahaul and Spiti becdme a part and parcel of the British India and were incorporated in the Kulu Tahsil of District Kangra. This arrangement conthued even after India attained Independence in 1947. Then came (i) the Five-Year Plans and the necessity of developing this neglected area on priority basis, and (ii) the strategic importance of this area on account of the expansionist policy of the Communist China which after llsurping the automony of Tibet, began to lay fantastic claims to areas all along the Indo-Chinese borders. In 1960, Lahaul and Spiti was made a separate District. PLACES OF IMPORTANCE

Keylol1g [Height 10,383 feet above sea level; PopUlation (1961) 779 ].- It is the seat of District headquarters and is located on the right bank of river Bhaga, 4 miles upstream from the point of its confluence with the river Chandra. It gained in importance with the establishment of the Moravian Mission which commenced its activities from this place as far back as 1854. It is by far the most important place in the District. A Wireless Telegraph Office has been installed here and telegrams for Lahaul are transmitted to it from Amritsar. It has a high school, civil hospitaJ, veterinary hospital, and a P.W.D. rest house, besides other District Offices. A carpet weaving and training centre is functioning here under the aegis of the Industries Department where a large number of boys and girls are being imparted training in weaving, dyeing and carpet-making. Keylong has an electricity gen:erating station which is capable to produce 100 kwt. of power, sufficient to meet the present demand. The old caravan route to Leh from the plains of Punjab used to pass through it. Presently, it is connected by jeepable roads with Kirting (Pattan Valley), Gemur (Bhaga Valley), Kaza (Spiti Valley) and Manali (Kulu Valley), and is accessible during the summer months.

Kardang [PopulatIon (1961) 240).-It is situated on the left bank of river Bhaga just opposite to and about a mile from Keylong. One time the capital of Lahaul, it is mainly famous for its (monastery) which according to some chronicles date back to the 17th century. Some of the interest;ng features of the interior of this magnificent, white-washed, flag bedecked gompa are the huge barrel-like prayer drums, revolv­ ing to the touch, which line dim passages, and which are rotated by lamas as they perambulate these lobbies in grave meditation, paintings of different types, weapons, musical instruments, life-size statues of Budha and other lesser divinities. Annually, during the month of June a sort of miracle play, locally known as cham, is enacted by the lamas of this monastery. The monastery has a big library in which huge volumes of Budhist scriptures in Bhoti are preserved. The village has a model dairy farm and a primary school.

Gemur [Population (1961) 16).-It is situated in the Bhaga Valley at a distance of 10 miles from Keylong and is connected by a jeepable road completed quite recently. It has a primary school, a civil dispensary and a veterinary dispensary. It also has a gompa, where in the month of July a fau is held in which Devil Dance is enacted by the lamas. The place is fast gaining in importance.

Patseo [Height 12,500 feet above sea levelJ.-It is another impOltant place in the Bhaga Valley, situated some 24 miles from Keylong and is connected by a kacha road. The rest house at Patseo is on the fringe of a wide plain where in July-August each year, a large sheep shearing and wool fair is held. During the fair days the wilderness is peopled by an animated crowd of shepherds and traders, living in tents of all shapes and sizes. Sheep and goats, pack ponies and donkeys. are every ",·here and appear to roam at random over the plain in search of grazing. Most of the sheep dnven down to Patseo from the higher Ladakhi plains are taken back, when the shearing is over, to their winter grazing grounds beyond the Baralacha Pass. In addition to the shearing of sheep and sale of wool, the fair provides opportunity for trade arId barter in salt and borax from Ladakh with tea, grains and CIOCl from down country. 10

Baralacha Pass.-This pass is 16,200 feet above sea level and is nearly 5 miles long and consists of a high neck of land connecting the central mountains with the Main Himalayas. Its name in Tibetan means "pass with cross road,> on summit" from the fact that roads from Zangskar, Ladakh, Spiti and Lahaul meet on the top of it. The pass gives off 011 tbe north-west the Bhaga river, on the north the Yllnan and on the south-east the Chandra.

Tal/di [Height 10,000 fcet above sea level : Population (1961) 165 ].-It is situated at the confluence of rivers Chandra and Bhaga, and is ')ome four miles from Keylong. It is also the tri-junction of three jeepabJe roads coming from the Chandra, Bhaga and Pattan VaJ1eys. The village is old in origin and is said to have been founded by Raia Rana Chand Ram who, it is believed, named it Chandi which latter corrupted to its present name. According to another common legend Dropadi is said to have given up her mortal frame at this village; this is why it is named as Tandi which is a deviation from the original (Tan-dehi meaning giving up the body).

A new cantilever bridge on the Bhaga was completed recently. A post office and a primary school are also located in the village. The village was the subject of survey by the Census Organisation in 1961, and a detailed monograph * describes it fully. Candola or Curu Chantal Monastery.-It is situated on the right bank of river Chandra in the juris­ diction of village Tupchiling some 2~ miles from the confluence. It is perhaps the oldest gompa in Lahaul. It has a wooden structure with pyramidal roofs, and exhibit interesting wood carvings. Some chroniclers associate it with Padma Sambhava, a renowned Budhist Missionary of the 8th Century. The monastery preserves the idols of Budha, Brajeshwari Devi, etc. On the 15th lunar day [full moon night of Asarh (mid­ June)] a festival called "Ghantal" is held at which visiting Lamas and Thakurs feast for one day. During this festival a number of pilgri ms negotiate a circle, on foot, around Drilburi, the holy mountain; which involves a walk of about eighteen miles, and a climb and descent of several thousand feet.

GOlldhla [Height 10,300 feet above sea level : Population (I 961) 229 ].-The village is situated at a distance of 10 miles from Keylong along the right bank of Chandra. It has a gompa of Mane. Annually a fair j.; held here in the month of July when lamas dance and enjoy in commemoration of their victory over a Raja of Tibet in a battle where the Raja lost his life. The gompa is of historical significance and during the fair attracts a large number of visitors. Almost immediately opposite Gondhla the mountain slopes form a stupendous precipice, one of the finest in the world, 5,000 feet of almost sheer rock from river bed to a rugged crest, a thrilling and spectacular sight. The residence of the Thakur of Gondhla, probably the most frequently photographed building in the whole of Lahaul, is eight stlireys high. This striking, feudal edifice is built of stone and timber and is topped by an overlapping structure which protrudes several feet on all four sides. The village is by the side of a jeepable road and has a P. W.D. rest-house encompassed by willows. It has a middle school and a public health centre.

Sissu [Height 10,100 feet above sea level].-It is situated some 18 miles from Keylong, on the same side as Gondhla. There is a small swampy plain on the river side where in September and April wild duck and geese on their way to and from the Indian plains, are found. Bits of fishable water on this swamp holds snow trout. Across the valley i~ a big water-fall clearly visible from this place. The village has a rest-house and a primary school.

KllOksar [Height 10,400 feet above sea level:-Population (1961) 361).-After the arduous trek of some 13 miles across the Rohtang Pass, while coming from Manali side, Khoksar is the first place of shelter and rest. The habitation flanks both sides of river Chandra. It is the highest vilh.ge of Chandra Valley and is considered to be the coldest place in Lahaul. During winter, it appears deserted and only one or two shops serve meals to the travellers. The road coming from across the Rohtang Pass turns towards right over a newly-construct.ed bridge. The workshop and main station of Mandi KuIlI Transport Corporation are located here, and jeeps for Kaza, Keylong and Kirting ply from this place. A rest house, sarai, primary school, civil dispensary and a good number of hotels and catering places are lecated here.

Cramphu (PopUlation (1961) : 3.046).-1 t is situated on thc foot of Roht~;ng Pass on this side of the District and is the tri-junction of roads coming from Kaza, 1\1anaii and Keylong. It has no per­ manent building during summer. Tents mostly for the P.W.D. labourers 8re pitched here and Khampa traders establish restaurants and tea-stalls.

Rohtang Pass.~Jn Tibetan Rohtang means a heap of dead bodies, ~~nd the Pass stands true to this name. Though only 13,050 feet above sea level, it is one of the most hazardous passes anywhere, and owing to the heavy toll of lives, it has taken during the years, it has an atmospbere of awe and fear woven round its name both in fact and fiction. It is notorious for its sudc:en blizzards and snow-storms which can overtake unwary * Census of I ndi: -VilJ:'ge Monognlpbs-Volun'c XJll-P<:rt VI- 1. 11 travellers on or near crest, anytime after 11.00 a.m. It is on record that 72 labourers returning from bridge construction work in Lahaul in J 862 lost their lives in fearful snowrifts Over the pass. This was a major tragedy. Minor losses happen frequently and almost every year the Rohtang takes its toll of a few men and pack animals. To the left of the Pass and five or six hundred feet higher is the little lake of Sarkund (also called Dashair). On the 20th Bhadoll (early September) every year this small glacial lake is isited by number of people from Kulu, Lahaul, Spiti ancl other di<;tricts, the general belief being that a bath in it at day break on thi., particular occasion effects cure of all ailments. The crest of Rohtang is over half a mile across but the views from the Pass are somewhat obscured by the cliffs on either side of the gap. Almost directly opposite. and seemingly. only a few miles away, is the well defined Sonepani glacier; slightly to the left arC the twin peaks of Gephan, the higher of the two being visible from as far as the Ridge in Simla. The Beas River rises near the crest of Rohtang, springing into existence from a block of mica-schist. Some other or more religious minded of the travellers make it a point to throw a coin or two into the spring known as Beas Kund. The Pass is open for expert travdlers from the end of May to the end of November. During this period improvised hotels in tents crop up at the crest.

ShasJ/(//} [Population (1961) 104].- It is situated on the right bank of river Chandra Bhaga at a distance of 17 miles from Keylong. One of the famous Lahaul deities named Gephan is believed to have been born at this place. A shrine dedicated to the deity lies in the village and is visited by pilgrims from far and wide. Modern amenities like middle school, civil dispensary, post office are available in the village.

Jalma [ Population (1961) 353J.-Some four miles from Shashan, it is situated in the Pattan Valley along the Chandra Bhaga. It is considered to be a very sacred place as legends describe that all the deities of Lahaul and Kulu have their residence here. Paintings of various gods and goddesses are found in large number in the village. They are considered to be very old and are classified as representing Central Asian Style. There is a forest rest-house as also a middle school.

Tltir!) , [ Population (1961) 108 J.·-This is the last village in the Pattan Valley and is situated on the Lahaul Chamba boundary. It has the lowest altitude in the District and is located where Chandra Bhaga (Chenab) exits Lahaul and enters Chamba territories. It has a primary school, an agricul­ tural farm and forest nursery. The village is connected with Himachal Pradesh territories by a bridge.

Kaza [ Population fl9(il) 310 ].-Tt is the Sub-Divisional head quarters of Spiti sub-division. Till some time back it was headquarters of the Nono, chief, of Spiti. At a height of more than 12,000 feet above sea level, Kaza is situated at the foot of a chain of steep ridges and is on the left bank of Spiti river. It is known for its mine of asbestos, which owing to lack of transport facilities, has long since been abandoned. The village has a school, veterinary dispensary, civil dispensary, rest house, besides, other Govern­ ment Offices. A large detachment of P.A.P. is also posted for the purposes of security.

Kihar [PopUlation (1961) 259].-Locally known as Khyipur, Kibar is said to be the highest village in the world. being located at 13,400 feet above sea level. The village is perched on a vast rocky. stretch of land j to which a very steep ascent of about 8 miles leads. The village has plenty of cultivation. A track from here branches off to Parangla (18,000 feet) for Tibet.The ""illage has a school and the local monastery is worth a visit.

LOjar (Population (1961) 227].-Over 13,382 feet above sea level, Losar is the western most village of Spiti. situated on the right bank of river Spiti. The village presents a very neat and tidy appearance with its white-washed mud· houses and waving green baIley in the fields during summer. There is a primary school in the village. There is no human habitation from Losar to Khoksar across Kunzum, a distance of some 15 miles.

KunZUlI1 Pass.--lt is the pass which proddes the main avenue of approach from Lahaul to Spiti, separated by the great Kun7um Range, and from where the Spiti, the chief river of the sub-division takes its source. Unlike Rohtang, it is ~afer, and though more in height (14,911 feet above sea le"el), it is easier both in ascent and descent. It closes earlier and opens later than Rohtang. The panorama as viewed from the top of the Pass is enthrilling and inspiring. The high and mighty shigri peaks can be seen right in front in all their gran­ deur. The crest of the Pass is marked by a chorten of stones erected in some unknown past.

Dungkar [Population (1961) 168 J. ~-J t is located on the left bank of river Spiti at a distance of 15 miles down-stream from Kaza. The erstwhile capital of Spiti, it is a large village, situated at a height of 12,700 feet above sea level, and built on a spur or bluff which projects into the main valley and ends in a precipice. On the top of the hill is a large structure known as the fort. which is ancient in built and became notorious for housing a cavernous dungeon \\hich the Nona used as prison. It containcd a ccli without doors, having 12

onlv a small opening at the top through which the condemned person was lowered and received meals. On the point of a hill lower down is a large moaastery. which accommodates about 100 lamas and Budhist scrip­ tures in Bhoti. The village has a school.

Tab I) [Population (1961) 140].-An ancient vill,'ge, more than 10,000 feet above sea le\el, it has a small but b~latifLl! In:nlet on the left hank of the Spiti river. It is the second village in Spiti from the eastern (Hindustan-Tibet Road) appro:lch. Flanked on either side by lofty hills, brown and 5un"burnt, it is the seat of one of the most famous Budhist , regarded by many as only next to the Thu1ing Gal11pa in Tibet. The Taho Compa is the seat of about ~o hrma~' and preserves aver:! hig collection of ~criptures and pLces of art painting and sculpture.

ADMINISTRATfVE MACHINERY

For general administration Punjab is divided into three Commissioner~' Divisions, split into nine­ teen Districts. Lahaul & Spiti is one of the nine Districts of the lulhmdur Division. It was made into a separate District in ApriL 1960.

De(lll'y Commissi(;!ler. - ,-Like other Districts, Lahaul & Spiti District is under the overall charge of a Deputy Commissioner. He is the hub of the District Administration. As District Magistrate, he is respon­ sible for maintaining law and order, and is head of the District Police, Magistracy and Prosecuting Agency. As Collector, he is in-charge of the revenue administration and is responsible for the collection of land revenue and other Government dlres. He is the Registrar of all transactions of immovahle property. He is the execu­ tive head of the civil administration and all departments in the District. which otherwise ha\e their own officer" look to him for guidance and co-ordination. He plays an important role in the administration bf Panchayats, Community Development Blocks which are coming into shape with the decentralisation of authority and expansion of PanC11:1yat Raj. He is responsible for the exec,l[iot] of de- clopment and planning schemes in the District, and as chairman of the Standing Committee of General Admini~tration and Develop: ment, co-ordinates the activities of the various nation-building departments. As District Magistrate, the Deputy Commissioner is assisted by the two S.D.Os (Civil), working as Sub-Divisional Magist'-ates. He also issues arms licences and passports.

The Deputy Commissioner in this District enjoys some additional [Jowers vested in him with a view to facilitating the administration of this far-flung territory and stepping up the cle',e]opmental performance.

Sub-DiPisi;)i1s and Tahsils.-There are two Tahsils in the District, namely, Lahaul and SpitL In pursu­ ance of the Government policy of decentralising authority and converting Tahsils into Sub-Divisions both the Tahsils have been converted into Sub-Divisions. The powers of the Sub-Divisional Officer (Civil) I'is-a-l'is the Sub-Division are analogous to those of the Deputy Commissioner viS-a-vis the District, though he exercises them in consultation with and without detriment to the authority of the Deputy Commissioner.

The Tahsildars are assisted in the revenue work by an office Kanllngo, Field Kanungos and a number of Patwaris. There are 20 Pat war circles in the District. each looked after by a Patwari; a Patwar circle being the smallest unit of revenue administration. The Paf1\'aris are supervised by the Field Kanungos.

~The Revenue Agency is helped in the villges by Lambardars and village Cltaukidars. The Iml1bardar collects the land revenue and derosits it in the sub-treasuries and helps the administration generally. assisted by the village Chaukidar. The Patwaris and Chaukidars receive monthly salaries, but the Lambardars are paid 5 per cent of the land revenue collections .

.ludidar)'. -Because of the peculiar circumstances, separation of judiciary from the executive has not been effected 'in the District so far (October 1965). The Civil Officers, exercise hoth executive and jUdicial powers, are detailed below :-

1. Deputy Commissioner Magistrate Class I Sub-Judge Class II

2. Sub-Divisional Officers Magistrate Class rr Suh-J udge Class III

3. Tahsildars Magistrate Class J[[ Sub-Judge Class IV

Their judicial work is, however, subject to appeal and revision by the District and Sessions Tudge, HQshiarpur and the Punjah High Court. 13

The Govcrnment cases in the Civil and Sessions Court are presented by the District Attorney Kangra stationed at Dharamsala, who is controlled by the Legal Remembrancer, Punjab. He is assisted by Public Prosecutor appointed by the Government from amon~st the members of the Bar. The Prosecutions for the~State are conducted in the Local Courts bv various Police Officials. Police.-The District Police is under the charge of a Deputy Superintendent of Police (now a Superin­ tendent of Police). He functions under the administrative control of thc Deputy Inspector General of Police, JuJlundur Range. Besides Deputy Superintendent, the strength of police in the District on 31st March, 1961 was : Inspector-I, Sub-Inspectors-4, Assistant Sub-Inspectors-lO, Head Con5tables-12, and Constables.-61. The Police has its own wireless transmission station. employing a staff of 2 Sub-Inspectors and 7 Assistant Sub­ Jnspectors, who are included in the :;bD', e ~trength. The lowest unit of police administration is the Police Station, which at the moment (October, 1965) is co-terminous with the Tahsil. It is in the charge of a Sub-Inspector. Thae are two Police Stations and one Police Post in the District. There are also t\l/O P.A.P. posts in the District-one at Keylong and another at Kaza.

Jail.-There is no Jail in the District. Howevcr, there is ajudicial lock-up in the Police Station, Keylong for the custody of under-trials.

Community Del'rloplIlent.-A beginning in National Extension Service ,vas made in the District on 2nd October, 1958, when a Pre-extension Block was set up at Keylong. It covered the entire area of Lahaul Sub-Division. It was given the status of a National Extension Service Block, next year. Spiti Sub-Division was made a Pre-extension Block on 2nd October, 1960 and it too was upgraded and convened into a National Extension Service Block in J 961. The entire District is classed as "schcduled area" and is being developed; under the Tribal Blocks Scheme.

Each N.E.S. Block is headed by a Block Development and Panchayat Officer. The B.D. & P.Os are ~ under the administrative control of the Sub-Divisional Officers (Civi!). The B.D. & P. Os have no administra-; tive functions and are mainly concerned with the promotion and execution of development schemes besides / being PanchaY

A Block Development and Panchayat Officer has a number of Extension Officers belonging to various departments, to assist and advise him in their respective spheres. At the lowest rung of the Extension Service Scheme are the Village Level Workers and Lady Social Workers who attend to development and social edUCa­ tion plans aiming at improving the social, economic and health conditions of the rural population.

Pancliayats.-The Panchayats are governed by the Punjab Gram Panchayat Act of 1952, as amended upto date. The Act provides for the establishment of a Panchayat in every village or group of villages with a population not less than 500. For this District, however, the popUlation criterion has been ignored on account of its sparse popUlation scattered in far-flung villages. There is neither Adalti Panchayat nor any Panchayat Samiti nor a Zila Parishad, since the two Tahsils are situated wide apart and remain cut off from each other for a major portion of the year. There is. however, a statutory elected body for this District called the Punjab Tribes Advisory Council which consists of both elected and nominated members. It meets twice a year and is usually presided by the Chief Minister, who is its ex-oJJico Chairman, and other concerned officers also attend its meetings. In order to associate the Panchayats with the P.T.A.C., the election rules of the Jatter­ provide for the election of one "larpanch each from Lahaul and Spiti to the Advisory Council. The two Sarpanches are elected by separate electoral colleges of the Sarpanches of the Panchayats of Lahaul and Spiti.

The Panches and Sarpancltes of the Gram Panchayats are elected on the basis of adult franchise. These Panchayats are intended to work finally as village republics. They have been given some specific adminis­ trative, executive and judicial powers under the Panchayat Act. These powers at the present are limited, but will be enhanced in due course, as the experiment in decentralisation of authority proves successful. The Panchayats have been empowered to levy certain taxes and are granted a specific percentage of land revenue of the village to provide them the necessary funds for discharging their functions.

Co-operative Department.-All the co-operative societies in the District fall under the jurisdiction of the Assistant Registrar, Kulu. For each of the two sub-divisions there is one In~pector of Co-operative Societies. On account of difficulties of terrain and topography, the Deputy Commissioner and S.D.Os (Civil) have been empowered to supenise the working of these officials. 14

Agriculture Department.--The control of the Agriculture Department in each of the sub-divisions is in the hands of an Agriculture Inspector, who is under the charge of District Agriculture Officer, Kulu. The Agricul­ ture Inspectors are assisted by Agriculture Sub-Inspectors.

Industries Department.-There is a District Industries Officer who is assisted by one Senior Inspector, and one Junior Inspector. For rural industrialisation and development work at Block Level, there is a Block Level Extension Officer (Industries). Technical Education in different crafts is imparted by the Government Industrial Training Centres, at Keylong, Gemur, Shashan, KuiIing, , and Chheejam. Besides, there are instruc­ tors and demonstrators, working in the Industrial Training Centres.

Medical alld Public Health Departlllcnf.--The District Chief Mt'dical Officer is the over-all incharge of the Hospitals, Dispensaries, Primary Health Centres and Rural Health Centres in the District. He also looks after the general sanitation in areas of his jurisdiction through a Sanitation Supervisor. Assistant Surgeons, Medi­ cal Officers, Dispensers, Auxiliary Mid-wives, Lady Health Visitors and Trained Dais render varied services under the charge of the Chief Medical Officer.

Veterinary Department.-This District falls under the jurisdiction of the District Animal Husbandry Officer, Kulu. The Department is managing a number of Veterinary Hospitals and Dispensaries. The former are under the charge of Veterinary Assistant Surgeons, whereas the latter are in the charge of Veteri.nary Compounders. Technical Orr;anisatiol1.-This organisation has been set up in this District in order to implement and execute the water supply and irrigation schemes. 1t has been attached to the Deputy Commissioner. It comprises two wings: Drinking-Water and Irrigation, employing six Overseers, under the charge of an Execu­ tive Engineer. Other Departments.-The District Excise and Taxation Officer, Kangra, at Dharamsala looks after the excise administration in the District and the collection of Sales Tax and the Immovable Property Tax. The Food Jnspector looks after the procurement, movement and distribution of foodgrains and other controlled commodities. The Block Level Education Officers posted at Keylong and Kaza supervise and inspect boys' and girls' schools; in turn their supervision is done by the Divisional Inspector of Schools, lullundur. The construction and maintenance of Government buildings and roads in the District are in the charge of the Executive Engineer (Buildings and Roads), Kulu. The District Welfare Officer, Kangra, through Tahsil Welfare Officers, looks after the welfare programmes for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. CI-IAPTtR 11

ECONOMY

This chapter is divided into four sections, dealing with A --Agriculture, Irrigation and Livestock; B-Industries; C-Trade and Commerce; and D--Communications. A-.\GRICULTURE

Out of the total estimated area of2,368 thousand acres only 6 thousand acres of land form what in revenue terminology is known as 'cultivated area'. This speaks highly of the local cultivators when we view the heavy odds against which they have to fight; snow, high altitude, precarious terrain and the short working season. The predominant part in cultivation is of the womenfolk because with the opening of the bridle paths in summer men generally go out in search of other work, where~s women work on the fields as also attend on the shops. Since the closure of trade with Tibet, the men haw begun to work increasingly in agricultural operations.

The \ alleys are extremely narrow with steep mountains and rivers running in deep gorge~. The small terraced fields generally lie about a hundred fect above the river bed. Limiting fdctor of cultivation is not only the shortage of flat lands with gentle slopes, but also the non-availability of water for irrigation. Rain­ faJl in this area is so scanty that nothing can be grown without irrigation.

The dire necessity of irrigation limit., the extent of cultivated area but harvests are made more secure. Kuhls are the principJ.l mean of irrigation, except in few hamlets where water is scarce and has to be carefully conserved in small tanks (yuns) from where its flow is regulated.

The quality of land and produce is wonderfully homogeneous throughout the tract. The soil is light sandy loam, free from stones, though dotted over in many places with boulders.

LAND UTILISATION

Total Area (Table 1)*. --The total area of the District during 1958-63 is reported as 3,017,165 acres according to the Surveyor General, India, and 2,368,504 acres according to the Director of Land Records, Punjab. The wide divergence in the two sets of figures is due to different methods of measurement adopted by the two agencies. For showing land utilisation and density of population the figures as supplied by the Director of Land Records, Punjab, have been utilised in this report.

Forests.-The District has no forests. Trees have been planted in the valleys and are generally found in and around the village habitation. To meet general shortage of fuel-wood and timber, the Forest Department has declared certain areas as reserved and planted trees therein.

Area not available for CIIltil'atiofl.--This category includes absolutely barren and uncultura ble lands (2,356,480 acres) or lands under buildings, roads, kuhis, or otherwise appropriated for non-agricultural purposes (954 acres). The area of sllch lands is 2,357,434 acres or 99.54 per cent of the total area of the District.

Other uncultivated {and e.\'cludill!! fallow lands.-This I.:ategory denotes land available for cultivation, whether taken up for cultivation at some stage and abandoned later, and culturable wastes, grazing lands, and lands under the groves not included in the sown area. The area in this category is 5,010 acres, of which 4,000 acres are culturable pastures, and 1,000 acres are other grazing lands. Only a small area of 10 acres is under the tree groves not included in the sown area.

Cultivated Area. -In revenue terminology a land is styled as cultivated if it has been sown even once during the previous four harvests. As such, the cultivated area comprises (i) fallow lands, and (ii) net area sown. Dur­ ing 1958-63, 115 acres were reported as fallow. The net sown area is 5,945 acres. Thus the total cultivated area comes to 6,060 acres which forms 0.25 per cent of the total area.

Irr~fJation.-The rainfall here is so scanty that not to speak of crops, even trees are regularly watered to keep them green and growing. In certain cases pastures too are irrigated for getting a bumper crop of grass which is harvested and stored for the lean months during winter. *Page 41.

15 16

Jrrigatio:1 through canals and percolation wells is out of question in this topography. Except at a few places where irrigation is done through tanks, the only mode of irrigation is kuhls. These small water chan­ nels are taken out from the nearby streams which have higher beds and smaller discharges. Small embank­ ments usually of boulders and stones are constructed at some higher point upstream, whence kuhls are fed. During the course of their journey the kuh/s keep close h the breasts of the barren mountain sides, which have steep declines. When looked from distance they appear like slender streaks. There is often much escape of the water, either back into the IlUll£lh or underground, and the people have not yet learnt to pave the beds of the water-courses with slates which they can procure at very little cost. The large rivers now too deep down and their water, therefore, is not available for irrrigation.

The construction and maintenance of kuhls is no longer left as the e\.clusive concern of the inhabitants; now Government has come to their help and has undertaken many a kufll projects, though much more is still needed to be done. Lahaul is better placed than Spiti in irrigation facilities but with the completion of some projects which Government has in hand, the position will imprO\ e in Spiti as well.

,\lain Crops. -Snow covers agricultural fields oyer the whole of Lahaul from December till the end of March; in Spiti tile snow last'> even till the end of May. During this period no agricultural operation is possi­ ble. In Pattan Valley where the practice is to take 1wo crops, one of barley and the other of buckwheat (Kathu) in one season, the snow has to be melted off the fields by throwing earth over it. This allows the land b~i.lg p!oug1t::i u~ a]1 s':!d put h g()()1 tim~. Ploughing and sowing operations are begun later in other valleys where the snow stays longer and the crops conse.juently ripen later and are liable to be damaged by an early fall of snow. In Pattan VaHey barley is sown by the end of M arch or beginning of A pril and the crop is reaped in July. This is immediately followed by the sowing ofbllckwheat which ripens by the end of September. Kurh(Saussurea lappa) is sown in October before snowfall. This is better than sowing it in April, as it gives greater time for stratification which is essential for better germination. [n areas under double crop both barley and buckwheat are pulled out rathe~ than cut, for t!1at means a little more fodder. 1n any case barley has to be pulled out by the roots which would otherwise sprout and affect the next buckwheat crop.

Barley.-There are three kinds of barley, peculiar to this area and of excellent quality, locally named senn(), dzad, and thangdzad. The first named is remarkable for its compact ear with the grains arranged in four rows, instead of three as In ordinary barley. Thangdzad j.., considered inferior to dzad, hut does not differ from it in appearance, and derives its name (thang-plain, dzad-barley! from being sown only in t'attan Valley. it ripens early towards the end of July, and is followed by another crop of buckwheat.

Buckwheat.-The variety of buckwheat sown in close succession to barley is known as bosatar, and that sown as the only crop is called kathu or bhresa, or b!'apo: both of them are the same variety-Fagopyrum escul­ entum though the yield of the former is Jess.

Wheat.-The wheat does not di:Ter materi;lI!y from what is grown else\\here in Punjab, anj IS of good quality.

Oth('/" Crops.-Peas, closely resembling the kind grown in vegetable gardens, are generally grown all over the District. Potatoes first introduced by the Moravian Mission are grown throughout the District, and much valued by the people. The area is eminently suitable for potato cultivation. The Mission also introduced oats but it did not find favour with the people. Rye, also introduced by the Mission, is not eaten by the peo­ ple but its straw is used for making pooluhs. Tobacco of an inferior type, which remains green even after it is dry, and sarson (rape-seed) were cultivated on a small-scale existed ill Pattan Valley, but have been practical­ ly abandoned as people prefer to get tobacco and cooking oils from Knlu and Mandi. Bhang (Cannabis sativa) and vegetables are cultivated in small plots near houses, for home consumption,such as radish, turnip, carrot, french-bean, beet root, cabbage, cauliflower and tomatoes. Soya bean also nourishes, maize does grow but not as in Kulu and is not extensively cultivated.

The cultivation of grass for hay is a remarkable feature of agriculture of this tract. A large quantity of fodder is required to support the farm-stock during the winter mont~ls Nhen all land is under snow. The grass is very carefully (:ut and stored. During winter olle head-load of gras.; may sell for Rs. 20 and even higher. A lucerne like plant called Chwwo is grown in the grass field~ and is much valued; its seed is said to have been brought from Ladakh, and the plant is also cultivated in Yarkand. As a rule, a cultivator has as much land under grass as under c~reals.

The Moravian Mission tried apples, apricots and pears but not with success. Crab apple, very small in size and poor in taste is common. The local pear also is very small, though juicy and sweet. The prune variety of plum i~ common. Apricot grows mostly wild. Near Thirot there are many walnut trees and from their woody nuts oil is extracted and used for cooking. Almond was tried in 1alma successfully but the snow­ fall of 1955 destroyed all the trees. 17

A dry fruit research sub-Station has been established at Keylong in 1959 by the Agriculture Depart­ ment. It has a nursery at Thirot also. The sub-Station is conducting experiments in the growth of dry fruits and evolving suitable varieties of fruit plants for horticulture. Apart from this, a reasin grape research centre has been established at Thirot. The experiments at this centre are reported to be showing good results. LIVESTOCK

The cattle of the District are a cross between the Tibetan Yak (Hos grunniens) and the cow. They are known as dzo, or churu if male and churf if female. They are well-built, hairy all over, with long tails reaching to the ground, and white or black in colour. The bullocks are excellent for the plough and the cows give one to four seerS of rich milk. Pure bred yaks (the female is called drimo) are not bred locally but are obtained from Tibet or Ladakh. They are used for carrying loads, riding and ploughing, espe::ially in Spiti. They have a rather bison-like appearance, with a girth of about 75 inches and short strong legs; they are slow-movers and have to be led, thus necessitating an extra man to each plough. Yak tails are set up on houses to scare away evil spirits, if white (known as chauri) they are sold for use in temples, etc. The long hair on the haunches of the yak is shorn periodically, and woven into large bags of very strong quality. Yaks do not thrive below 11,000 feet, and they are not seen wild. According to the livestock cenSllS of 1961, there are 5,900 cattle of the cow stock and J ,900 cattle of yak breed. Pack Animals.-Horses, ponies, donkeys, and mules, are the common pack animals. Local people used to trade with Tibet and Ladakh and went?s far as Yarkancl for trade with their pack animals. Accord­ ing to the 1961 liYestock census the following figures were returned: Horses and ponies 1,900, Donkeys 1,500 and Mules J ,100. Due to road construction programme going on in the region the pack animals are in great demand. Sheep and Goats.-During the olden days and even now in some parts sheep and goats are used as pack animals. Rut they are reared primarily for wool and meat. The Himalayan goat supplies milk besides pashmina for woollen garments much needed in this cold climate. The goat hair is used in making gochi (the woollen plaids). Sheep is preferred to goat because it does not eat away the sprouting and tender plants. The figures returned during the year 1961, for sheep and goats are: 24,100 and 7,400, respectively. The area abounds in pastures, and the grasses are very nutritious. With the start of summer, flocks of sheep and goats arrive from across the Rohtang in good number. The sheep arrive wretchedly thin, but by the time they prepare to leave are in splendid condition. A short fine grass, of a dull bluish-green colour, called niru is their favourite food; mat and morar are the names of other kinds of grasses.

Poultry.-The Block authorities have taken some pains to popularise the poultry birds in the area, but due to climatic difficulties the results are not encouraging. Eggs have not secured place in the menu of the local population, who are otherwise non-vegetarians, but the handsome price which the eggs fetch from the visitors, tempts some people to rear poultry. The number of birds touched a figure of 1,500 in 1961.

Livestock diseases.--During winter months when animals are kept indoors on account of snow, and supply of hay is limited, they suffer from deficiency diseases, but they turn strong again during the summer. The fine dry climate of the District is otherwise healthy for the cattle. The common diseases found are: Khurara (foot and mouth disease) found among cattle and sheep: Ngo (Scabbies) common among sheep and horses; Khaglo (strangle) limited to mules; chhargu (Entero terxaemia) among sheep; Galepha (saddle gall) among the pack animals. Three veterinary hospitals, one each at Keylong, Kirting and Kaza, and two Provincial outlying Dispensaries at Gemur and Gondhla are very popular. Except at Patseo no cattle fair is held in the District and the people make purchases of Jive stock from Ladakh and Kulu. B-INDUSTRIES

Snow bound for half the year, lacking in raw materials, minerals and power, and badly isolated on account of the poor means of communications, the District has been without any industry or industrial arts. The District economy has been entirely agricultural though largely self-sufficient.

People do wool spinning and weaving and also lTI:lke straw shoes called poo/all. The ar~a h:ls its blacksmiths to beat iron and mould it into agricultural tools and implements, and there are carpenters who are not much skilled. The lamas do painting work with stone colours obtained from down country. The subjects are religious and styles stereo-typed. They also do their own printing using simple wooden blocks f:)r the purpose. They cut very elegant inscriptions on stones, especially the mantra, "Om Malle Padme Hom." People maintain their own flocks of sheep and goats to raise wool and hair from which they spin and weave the cloth they need. Goat hair is spun and woven into a very coarse fabric of 8-inch width, and is called thobi. When sewn together this material provides serviceable carpets, bedding and strong bags for conveying merchandise. Ropes are made from hair of goats and yaks.

Straw shoes are a special type of footwear made out of stalks of wheat, barley and a special type of grass called slteeNm. The stalks are first beaten into fine fibres which are then twisted by hands. The twisted fibres are then cut and sewn to make a shoe. The sale is made of goat or sheep skin. Poolalzs are a comfor­ table footwear, particularly useful in winter on account of their warmth and grip on the slippery snow-covered roads. They wear out fast but are still common throughout the District. Every family produces enough poo/alls during the idle winter months to last for a year.

Industry in the District is undergoing slow transformation. The methods and implements employed in spinning and weaving are undergoing change for the better. Wooden spindles for spinning of wool have been replaced by spinning wheels of improved types. Even before these spinning wheels entered the valley, a wooden paddle driven charkha, first designed by one Palmo of village MalIang 40 years ago started replacing the wooden spindle. Though extremely noisy this charkha was a crude version of the improved spinning wheels. It is better than the takli which is the patent implement used for spinning. During the winter months the female members of the family sit around the fire and spin. Since the family cannot afford to purchase .more than one spinning wheel, the rest do with taklis.

In the case of weaving too, the indigenous throw-shuttle looms called kherchas in the local dialect, which are time consuming and produce cloth of narrow width and inferior weave, are being gradually replaced by the improved type of fly shuttle looms. The first fly shuttle was brought in the area some 25 years ago. The kherchas, however, are still in vogue with those who cannot afford fly shuttle looms, and are common in the District. The other development in the spinning and weaving industry has heen the designing in 1956 of a varn twisting machine by one Dola Ram of Rauling. In a working day of 8 hours about five seers of yarn can be twisted on this machine while with the ordinary fakli one can hardly twist upto a quarter . seer in the same time. Until 1952, wool carding used to be done by Shippis of Lahaul or by some people coming from Kulu. Since 1952, 10 water-driven carding mills have been established. The first carding mill with an attached oil extracting mill was established by Thakur Lal Chand of Phura. The oil extracting mill was used for extracting oil from Sarson seeds and apricot kernel. The oil from the latter is used by women as hair oil. Sarson cultivation has now been almost given up by the people for preference to kuth cultiva­ tion. The apricot trees having perished in the severe snowfall of 1955, the oil mill remains idle most of the time.

Both in Spiti and Lahaul there are water mills which cater to the demand of the local people. These water mills are installed over the small perennial nll/lalls flowing near the habitation.

The Moravian Mission introduced the art of knitting in the area. Consequently the local women have perfected the art of knitting, par~iclliarly socks \~hich a~e both durable and colourful. The visit~rs make it a point to purchase these specImens of local skill. QUite recently carpet, glldma and namada makmg have sprung up in the area.

The blacksmith (gam or zo) are skilful workers in iron, and tum out pipes, locks and keys, knives, and halT'mers, etc. Also, they have taken to the manufacture of ro::>m heating ovens also introduced by the Moravian Mission. These ovens prO\ide suitable heating arrangements on hygienic lines.

State Aid to Industries.-Government efforts during the First and Second Plan periods have helped in a great measure the spinning and weaving industry. The Department of Industries opened 'in 1953 in Lahaul a training centre called th.: Wool Spinning and Weaving Demonstration Party. This Demonstration Party and its sub-centrcs have been imparting training in wool spinnin;, weaving, finishing and dyeing. The main centre functioned at Tandi in 1953-54 but has now been shifted to Keylong. The spinning cOUrse is of 6 months' duration and that in weaving runs to a year. The trainees of these courses are given monthly stipends of Rs. 25 and Rs. 40, respectively. The National Extension Service Blecks have popularised new tools by providing 281 improved spinning wheels, 94 dozen hand carding brushes for wool, and 45 fly shuttle looms at subsidised rates. Help is also given in securing wool and disposal of manufactured articles. During 1959-61, 32 persons were given training in Namda felting and chain slitCl ing embroidery. 19

c-TRADE AND COMMERCE For centuries of the past, the District traded with Western Tibet, Yarkand, Ladakh and Kulu. From Lahaul the route to Ladakh and further on to Tibet and Yarkand was across the Baralacha Pass, from there across the Longlacha Pass in Ladakh, eleven miles beyond the District boundary. The path across the Longlacha,which is now only in the remnants, was constructed over 500 years ago by the rulers of Jammu and Kashmir. The Lahauli traders carried with them barley, wheat, cotton, cloth, tea stalks used for making salted tea and Indian currency, which they exchanged for wool, pashmilla, Bangi goats and sheep, salt and borax. The chief occasion for this business was th: annual fair at Patseo, on the right bank of Bhaga River in the month of August. By the time the Sino-Indian Trade Agreement of 1954 expired in 1961, political relations with China had reached a breaking point. This centuries old trade, therefore, ceased in 1962. Some traders still go to Rupsho in Ladakh for purchasing Biangi wool and pas/zmina. The cessation of their trade has, however, not upset the economy. This is so, because the number of traders was not so high as to affect a large section of the population. Moreover, the traders did not depend exclusively on this trade for their livelihood. They had their lands to fall back upon and these lands produce kuth, a highly valuable cash crop. The seeds of this herb were brought from Kashmir by some enterprising Lahaulas and experimentally grown for the first time in 1925. Selling at as much as Rs. 200 per maund, the cultivation of kuth rapidly increased after 1935 and has since then become singularly important source of cash income for Lahaulas. Kuth is exported to other countries chiefly to China, but also to the United Kingdom, Canada, France, Switzerland, Japan and lately Malaya. In order to protect the prices against unhealthy individual competition and manipulations by middle-men at Amritsar, the Lahaul Kuth Growers Co-operative Marketing Society was formed in 1959 with headquarters at Manali. The society has received liberal assistance from the Punjab Government who is giving Rs.5,000 per annum as managerial subsidy to the society since its inception. It has also been given a loan of Rs. 160,000 in addition to a subsidy of Rs. 15,000 and Rs. 30,000 as loan for the construction of a godown. Retail trade in items of daily use is carried on by petty shopkeepers. There are co-operative stores, one each at Keylong and Kaza with sub-centres at Gondhla and Lot. : Keylong has quite a few shops and is the main shopping centre. Since the area is not self-sufficient in wheat and does not produce any rice, the Food and Supplies Department provides there cereals through a number of depots throughout the District. Sugar is distributed through the co-operative stores. Fertilisers are also sold at the rat~s prevailing in the plains.

The following are the important items of import into the District : wh~at, rice, pulses, sugar, keros~ne oil, vegetable oil (ghee and sarson oil), glass, cloth, metalware, leatherware, tea, salt, spices, wool, butter, cheese, pashmina, mules, cattle, (yaks from Ladakh and cows from Kulu), silver and gold. A portion of the imports are exported wool and pashmina to Kulu; and tea and salt to Ladakh. Exports of local produce are barley, carpets, woollen-patti, medicinal herbs, dhoop (incense) and zeera, (Cumin). D-COMMUNICATIONS This District was not an easy country to traverse until recently. Vehicular traffic of any kind and the carriage of heavy items like machinery were out of question. In the early years of this century even the mUle tracks were extremely narrow and had steep gradients. Later these tracks were widened somewhat but all the same journeys had to be done on foot or on ponies. Rivers and streams at most places could be crossed over through j/1Oolas (SuspensIOn bridges) made of thick ropes of twisted birch twigs, three ropes forming the roadway and two hand rail ropes hanging above, one on either side and attached to the roadway by small side ropes fastened at intervals of a foot or two. The best of these bridges were pass­ able for sheep and goats, if wattled at the sides with wicker-work and slabs of stones placed on the roadway. Most of the jhoolas were not so well constructed and in a high wind Were dangerous to cross, even for the local people. The cradle type ofjhoola with a pulley on top, suspended from a wire-rope and pulled along it, Came at a much later date. In the circumstances described above the District until the last generation was a forbidden land many days being taken in covering distances Which are now a matter of hours, on account of the completion of a net work of bridges. Equally remarkable has been the progress in connecting Lahaul with Spiti, across the Kunzum. Before 1953 the route to Spiti was not even a bridle path. It was a narrow track disappearing every year as the ground was extremely stony and every year in the beginning of the summer landmarks of stones had to be put up in order to form some sort of temporary alignment. Moreover, this route on the left bank of the Chandra River passed through the Shigri glacier which was. the principal obstacle on the route. Laden animals could not cross it. Even for human-beings it was risky. Those coming from Manali did not take the Rohtang-Gramphu-Kunzum road. The recognised route from 20

Manali then was the Prini-Chhatru-Kunzum loute across the 14,000 feet high Hamta Pass. The District Board, Kangra sanctioned small grants for the repairs of this road whenever Assistant Commissioner, Ku]u, toured that way. The Assistant Commissioner used to get the repairs done through the Negi of Jagatsukh and the Nona of Spiti. On this route or that from Gramphu to Kunzum there are no viLages and till recently there were no sarais or rest-houses. In the decade 1953-63 progress in respect of road communication has been spectacular and the only populated regions that are as yet unconnected by jeepable roads are those between Shashan and Thirot in the Pattan Valley, between Keylong and Darcha in the Gahar and Stod Valleys and Ka:z.a and Lari in Spiti Valley. These areas have only bridle paths at present, but it will not be long before their isolation also ends. Even more far-reaching are the future plans in regard to roads. With the emergence of the Chinese threat from across the border the Manali-Leh route, which was a mere trade route in the past, has assumed great strategic importance. No amount of improvement within the District has meaning unless the big hurdle of the Rohtang Pass is overcome. The future plan is to construct a 26 mile road of 20 feet width from Ko~hi to Gramphu, as part of the Mandi-Leh trllckable road. The Gramphu-Kaza road will also be widened to 20 feet and metalled. There is also a proposal to install a ropeway over the Rohtang. A new route which may gain eminence in the coming years, emanates from Simla, which is connected with Namgiah at a distance of 135 miles through the famou,; Hindustan-Tibet Road. The maintenance of roads in these areas is another problem. When the snow melts there are lalld­ slides and erosion of the loose soil. Large avalanches also damage the roads every year. Besides the main routes described above, there are a few other routes which may be mentioned below: (1) From tbe Jobrang village on the left bank of the Chandra-Bhaga a foot-path crosses the Kukti Pass, at about 16,000 feet elevation,rather steep near the summit, with glaciers on both sides cut up with crevices, but otherwise not difficult. The path descends on the other side to Bharmaur (Chamba in Himachal Pradesh) in the Ravi Valley, which is separated by another high pass from Dbaramsala. (2) Between Kothi Goshal opposite Tandi and Bara Banghal. This route is across the Asa or Asakh Pass. It is a difficult pass 16,800 feet high and seldom used. A proposal to construct a bridle path along this route was examined in 1958. (3) There is a route between the ravine of Nilgahar which divides Kothi Gondhla and Goshal in Lahaul and Bara Banghal. (4) There is a rough track down the left bank of the Chandra from the Baralacha Pass to Spiti. It is an easy route but extremely stony and there are no villages or rest houses on it. The following are the various passes from Bashahr leading into Spiti : (I) Rupi.-Between Rupi in Basbabr and Pin Kothi in Spiti, elevation 17,000 feet. (2) Bhabeh.-Between Bhabeh Valley in Bashahr and Pin Kothi in spiti, elevation 15,000 feet. (3) Lipi.-Between Lipi in Bashahr and Pin Kothi, about 18,000 feet elevation. (4) Manerang or Ropag La.-Between Mane in Spiti and Ropag in Bashahr, 18,612 feet elevation. The Main Himalayas, which divide the District from Ladakh and Western Tibet is crossed through the following Passes :- (1) Pangmo.-From Tsarab to Rubchu in Ladakh. (2) Tagling La.-From Kyoto in Spiti to Rllbchu, in Ladakh probably about 18,500 feet elevation. (3) Parangla·-From Kibar in Spiti to Rubchu, in Ladakh, elevation 18,500 feet. (4) Shingf! or Shingkun La.-From Kodo Dokpo opposite Darcha in Lahaul to Zangskar in Ladakh; elevatIon 16,722 feet. Regular passenger service betwet:n Khoksar and Keylong started from June, 1960. Initially two private in­ dividuals and the Lahaul Transport Co-operative Society were given route permits. The society had three 21

jeeps. However, these individuals and the society did not have resourCes and experience of providing efficient service. In this high altitude region vehicles wear out and their maintenance is more costly. Eventually the routes were made over to the Mandi-Kulu Road Transport Corporation which started plying jeeps in the District from June, 1962. The corporation has a fleet of eight jeeps, four of which ply on the Khoksar-Keylong route, two on the Khoksar-Tandi-Lot route, and two on the Khoksar-BataI-Kaza route. The corporation has also introduced a regular bus service on the Manali-Kulu-Rahla road. In addition to this, the corporation has five jeep-trucks for haulage of goods. The corporation has been a great success. A jeep is allowed to carry only seven passengers, and the fare charged is Re. 0·25 per mile, which in the circumstances is not excessive. The jeep-trucks which carry 30 to 35 maunds of goods at Re. 0.12 per maund per mile have greatly relieved the pressure on mules, and have made expeditious carriage possible. The mule rate fixed by the Deputy Commissioner for lhe carriage of personal effects alone is Rs. 5 per mule per stage of roughly eight to ten miles. Since a mule can carry two ntaunds, this rate works out to Re. 0.25 per maund p~r mile. There is no aerodrome in the District. The nearest aerodrome for this District is the one at Bhuntar in the Kulu Sub-Division. There are no water-ways in the District, its rivers being shallow and un-navigable. Post and Telegraph.-The first Branch Post Office in this area was set up in 1889 at Key long. ThenmaiIs were exchanged in the summer twice a week between Keylong and K:.lIu. In 1917 the Dak received and despatched on alternate days for six to eight months in a year if the weather allowed. Since 1954, there has been a progressive incr(ase in the number of Branch Post Offices. Except at Lote and Keylong where there are Depart­ mental Postmasters, the Post Offices are under the charge of school teachers who work part-time on a remuneration of Rs. 25 per month. The seasonal Post Office at Khoksar is looked after by an official of the Public Works Department since the bulk of post concerns that Department. Mails come and go every alternate day in April, and daily from May to December. Upto 1961 the mail service remained suspended during the months of January, February and March. Since the District came into being in April, 1960 arrangements have been made for the carriage of mail even during January to March. The telegraph line does not extend beyond Manali. The District had, therefore, no telegraph facilities upto 1953 when a Postal Wireless Station was opened at Key long. This station has direct contact with Amritsar and is extremely useful. In winter telegrams replace letters, and a good deal of correspondence of Govern­ ment offices at Keylong is done telegraphically. In 1960 on an average the number of messages booked was 30 per day and an equal number received. There has been a gradual increase in the receipt and remittance of such telegrams, touching daily average of 80 each way by 1963. ,_; .0 ..... 0- (/)- 0 z • 0 ... '"'" ...~ ...:z: ..... ::l 0 CL :lie • • • -a. 0 ,.. (/) CL .. • u. • • oeJ 0

., • 'Z o ..,

III "CL ..• o • J o ". ., • ... Z • ••• • III • • • ., •••• • 'III • • • •• o cr: • • • • '0. • • • ••• • • .,.. • • • • • cr: •• • • • • • • .... • • • • o • • • o • • • • • III • Z o CHAPTER III

POPULATION

Part HI of this book contains Tables relating to the 1961-census. These Tables are preceded by an exhaustive note explaining their arrangement, and the terms used. Only the broad facts brought to lime light by the statistics are stdted below. If Ferozepur has the largest population of 1,619,116, and leads all other Districts, Lahaul & Spiti with its 20 453 persons appears at the tail end. Because of the extreme cold and snows in the District, enumera­ tion was d~ne there in October, 1960, instead of the 1st March, 1961, as in most parts of the country.

Growth of Population (Table A-Il)* .---The area now constituted as Lahaul & Spiti District had a population of 10,444 persons in 1901. During the succeeding sixty years (1901-61),the population witnessed almost a 100 per cent increase. Till the 1951 there was not much increase, whatever little increase took place was gradual, except for the decade ending 1921 which registered a small decrease. This slow growth of population is described by some to the custom of polyandry in this area. The population figure of 1961 is, however 61 per cent more than that of 1951. The additional factor for this big increase was the large number of perso~s from outside the ~istrict working on the construction of roads and buildings and other develop­ mental activities under the FIVe-Year Plans. Density of Populatinll.-Punjab has on an average 429 persons to a square mile. Lahaul & Spiti has only 6 persons per square mile. This is the lowest figure among the Districts. As has been stated before a major portion of the District consists of high, inaccessible mountains, and habitation is found only in the narrow valleys along the main rivers. fn terms of the area available for cultivation the density of population is fairly high. Villages.-The District has in all 20 villages, of which 14 are in Lahaul Tahsil and 6 in Spiti Tahsil. Five of the villages each have 200 to 499 persons, eight between 500 and 999, five between 1,000 to 1.999 and two between 2,000 and 4,999. The last category of villages are in Lahaul Tahsil. TOWl1s.-There is no town in the District i. e., an area having local administration, or with more than 5,000 persons with urban characteristics. This is unlike all other Districts in the State. Sex Ratio.-Of the 20,453 persons in the District, 11,519 are males and 8,934 are females, i. e., a ratio of 56 to 44. The low proportion of females is, for the most part, due to the presence of the large number of male labourers belonging to other Districts at the time of enumeration. Age Compositiol1.-Table C-IIt shows age composition of the population. The comparative strength {)f the various age groups is as follows. DISTRIBUTION OF 1,000 PERSONS OF EACH SEX BY AGE GROUPS

DISTRIBUTION PER THOUSAND Age group Persons Males Females

All ages 1,000 1,000 1,000

0-9 209 189 235

10-14 91 86 98

15-19 85 77 96

20--24 105 118 89

25-29 105 118 87 ------*Page 96. tPage 138. 23 24

DISTRIBUTION PER THOUSAND

-_-_------.-_---_-_ ------.--~ Ag~ group Persons Males Females

30-34 92 108

35-39 72 77 66

40-44 63 67 58

45-49 43 40 47

50-54 44 42 47 55-59 25 23 26 60-64 30 25 37 65--69 12 11 14

70+ 24 19 27

Age not stated N N N Too much reliance cannot be placed on the inferences to be drawn from the figures given in the above Table since a District is a small geographical ar,ea and the inflow and outflow of population as a disturbing factor cannot be ignored. Whh this reservation some inferences are mentioned below.

It will be seen that the age pyramid has a broad base and tapers rather obliquely. The bulge in the age groups 20 to 34 years may be due to the male workers coming from outside the District. 300 persons per thousand of the population are below the age of 15 years and only 89 of age 55 years and above.

Males below the age of 15 years are 275 per thousand: the corresponding figure for females is 33:1. In ages between 15 and below 55 years, the males count 647 per thousand males but the women are 563. In ages 55 years and above the males are 78 and females are only J04 per thousand. Tile presence of male workers from outside the District explains their higher proportion in the working age group.

In Ta.ble C·Il* persons in different age. groups are further classified according to their marital status. The over-all position ill this respect is depicted below:--

1,000 MALES AND FEMALES CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO MARITAL STATUS

LAHAUL & SPITI PUNJAB - __ --_ Males Females Males Females

lotal 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000

Never married 516 517 576 484

Married 444 390 376 443 Widowed 36 77 47 72 Divorced/Separated 4 J(j

Unspecified N N N The figures for Lahaul & Spiti make an interesting comparison with Punjab. That there is a lower proportion of never married males. in the District than in the State as a ~hote and. th~ position is r~verse in the case of females can be attnbuted to the prevalence of polyandry III the DIstrIct : a)ongwith the husband his younger brothers also get married to the same woman. The same custom may also be responsible for the comparatively small proportion of married women in the District. The higher proportion of widows and diYorced women in the District may be due to unmarried girls who are more plentiful in the District scoring over the widowed and separated women in the marriage market. *Page 138. N--Negligible. 25

Marriage in this region .is almost un,iversal. But in this District polyandry is fairly common, especially in the Bhaga and the Spiti Valleys. This custom may have been the outcome of the limited resources in land for cutlivation, and the handicap of their peculiar language precluding them from going far out of the District for earning money, and the consequent urge for limited number of children. As a result many women in the District remain unmarried throughout their life. The following Table shows the proportion ,of unmarried males and females in different age groups.

AGE COMPOSITION OF 1,000 NEVER MARRIED MALES AND FEMALES

Age group TOTAL Males Females

All ages 1,000 1,000 0-9 367 456 10-14 164 187 15-19 130 157 20-24 144 80 25-29 85 43 30-34 42 24 35-39 21 12 40-44 17 11 45-49 10 7 50-54 9 7 55-59 3 4 60-64 3 5 65-69 I 2 70 + 4 5 Age not stated

Literacy.-Three Tables numbered as C-III* bear on literacy. The position in the District is compared below with rural areas of Punjab, there being no town in the District.

LITERATES PER THOUSAND PERSONS ABOVE THE AGE OF 5 YEARS

LAHAUL & SPlfI PUNJAB (Rural Areas) (Rural Areas) - __--- Males Females Males Females

Total 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,0Q(}

~I1i!e_rate 691 958 681 896

'4iter~te 309 42 319 lQ4 Literate (without educational level) 191 34 155 63

Primary or Junior Basic 91 8 137 3~

M~triculation and above 27 N 27 ~ Considering the rather inaccessible location of the District, it is heartening to note that the District, though behi~d the State as a whole, is better than s.everal Districts, particularly in male literacy. Girls are, h.owever, neglected in education, and in certain respects, it is behind even Mahendragarh, another very back­ ward area ..

Mother tongue (Table C-V)t.-More than half the popUlation gave Lahuli as the mother tongue and about one third has returned Bhotia Unspecified.

·Page 140. tPage 141. 26

DISTRIBUTION OF 1,000 PERSONS BY MOTHER TONGUE

Mother Tongue Number Pel' Thousand Total 20,453 1,000 Lahuli 10,954 536 Bhotia-Unspecified 6,180 302 Kashmiri 1,212 59 Tibetan 543 27 Hindi 473 23 Punjabi 240 ]2 Kului 235 12 Others 616 29

Religion (Table C-VII)*.-Di~tribution per thousand persons in the District according to religions. is shown below. DISTRIBUTION OF 1,000 PERSONS BY RELIGION

Religion Number Per Thousand Total 20,453 1,000

Hindu 9,575 468 Buddhist 9,503 465

Muslim 1,210 59 Sikh 162 8 Christian 2 N Jain 1 N

Hindus and Buddhists together form the bulk of the population. Hindus are numerous in Lahaul Tahsil whereas Buddhists predominate in Spiti Tahsil. In Lahaul Tahsil Buddhists are about 1/3rd of the~population but in Spiti they are more than 90 per cent. The Muslims are the third important community, found in Lahaul Tahsil, and are the Kashmiri labourers working on construction projects.

Place of birth.-Table D-llt throws light on migration, based on place of birth. A three-fold classi­ fication has been made in this Table in r.~~ard to t~e place of birth-(i) males and fe~ales, (ii) their place of birth being an urban or rural area, and (lll) the penod of stay at the place of enumeratlOn. To bring out the detailed features presented in the Table will take a big space and will interest only a few readers. Hence only some broad features are mentioned below.

Out of 20,453 persons enumerated in the District, as many as 12,757 persons or 62.4 per cent were born at the place of enumeration. Among males as many as 63.6 per cent were born at the place they were enumerated in as against 60.8 per cent in the case of females. The comparatively low figure for females springs from the extra factor of their leaving the ancestoral place on marriage. Another 16.7 per cent of the population was born at another place within the District. This percentage is 6.0 in the case of males and as high as 30.4 in the case of females, due to the factor of marriage. Persons

*Page 142. tPage 146. N =Negligible. 27 borD in the Punjab Districts other than Lahaul & Spiti numbered 1,183 or 5.8 per cent of the population~ The remaining 15.1 per cent hailed from areas like Andhra, Jammu and Kashmir, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal, Delhi. Himachal Pradesh and other countries as shown below.

Plac~ 0/ Birth Number Percentage to total populatio n

Other States of India 1,670 8.2 Tibet 1,243 6.1 Others 187 0.8

Persons born in other Indian States and Union Territories were chiefly from Jammu and Kashmir (1,376) and Himachal Pradesh (257).

Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.-The number of persons belonging to various Scheduled Castes is 1,103-614 males and 489 are females. The most numerous Scheduled Caste is Kori or Koli, who alone numbered 956. Members of other Scheduled Castes are: Sanhai (116), Balmiki. Chura or Bhangi (16), Chamar. Jatia Chamar, Rehgar, Raigar, Ramdasi .or Ravidasi (10), Batwal (3) and Dumna,Mahasha or Doom (2).

The District is the only abode of Scheduled Tribes in the State. The total number of the members of Scheduled Tribes is 14,132, and out of them 12,005 are Bhots or Bodhs, 2,114 Swanglas and only 13 Gaddis.

Households (Tables B-X to B-XYII, C-l and SCT-Y)*.-93 houseless persons were enumerated during the' census, such as the members of wandering tribes, tramps and Sadhus. The remaining 20,360 persons lived in households. A household has been defined as a person or a group of persons who commonly live together and take their meals from a common kitchen unless exigencies of work prevent anyone of them from doing so.

For studying the size and other characteristics of households, a 20 per cent sample was drawn and analy­ sed. In this sample the persons living in institutions, such as hospitals, boarding-houses, Defence and Police personnel living in barracks or under canvas, were excluded since such households do not function as economic entities. The sample thus drawn was of 726 households consisting of 4,030 persons. The Tables relating to these households are B-X to B-XYIJ, C-I and SCT-Y.

The average size of a household was found to be 5.55 persons. Below is [given the distribution of sample households and sample population according to size of household. DrSTRIBUTIO~ OF SAMPLE HOUSEHOLD3 AND SAMPLE POPULATION ACCORDING TO SIZE OF HOUSEHOLDS Households Persons

Size of Househol1 Numb~r Percentage Number Percenta~e to to total total

TotaJ 726 100.0 4,030 100.0 1 member 71 9.8 71 1.8 2-3 members C5 24.1 448 l1.t 4-6 members 237 32.6 1,165 28.9 7-9 members 143 19.7 ],120 27.8 10 or more members 100 13.8 1,226 30.4 From the above Table it is obvious that the most common size of a household in the District has four to six members. At the same time 30 per cent of the population lives in big households, each having ten or more members.

Size of operational holdin~s.--As many as 68.6 per cent of the households in the rural areas were en-· gaged in cultivation in the capacity of peasant ptoprietors and tenants. Distribution per 1,000 of such house- *Page 122 to 136 and 164. - 28

bolds according 10 the size of land cultivated by them, is shown belmv,

Size of Operational Holding PER THOUSAND DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLDS

Lahaul & Spiti Punjab District

Less than 1 acre 102.41 23.16 1.0 to 2.4 acres 367.47 95.49 2.5 to 4.9 acre'> 285.14 125.25 5.0 to 7.4 acres 144.58 154.63 7.5 to 9.9 acref> 32.13 101.63 10.0 to 1'2.4 acres 30.12 130.11 12.5 to 14.9 acres 12.05 60.25 15.0 to 29.9 acres 12.05 217.47 30.0 to 49.9 acres 64.09 50+ 22.86 Unspecified 14.05 5.06 CUitivable land in the District is very limited, and at the same time it is very difficult to operate on holdings oflarge size, due to mountaineous terrain and the short period in which all agricultural operations have to be completed. Consequently 10 per cent of the cultivating households operate on less than one acre each,37 per cent on 1 to 2.4 acrcs and another 29 per cent on 2.5 to less than 5 acres. Workers alld No"-Workers.-In Table B-1'" the population is distributed in broad industrial categories of workers and non-workers. The terms are explained in the note appearing before Census Tables (Part III of this book). Figures in terms of 1,000 popUlation are given below. DISTRIBUTION OF 1,000 PERSONS BY EACH INDUSTRfAL CATEGORY

Laflaul & Spiti District Punjab I ndustrial Category Pet rsons Males Females Persons Males Females Total population 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 Non-Workers 298 288 311 650 471 858 Workers 702 712 689 350 529 142 As Cultivator 454 356 580 197 274 107 As Agricultural labourer 23 17 30 27 44 6 In Mining, Quarrying, etc. 3 5 N 3 6 1 At Household Industry 11 7 16 27 39 13 In Manufacturing: 1 2 1 17 31 2 In Construction 159 238,.., 58 7 12 1 In Trade and Commerce 4 I N 19 35 N In Transport 5 9 N 7 13 N In Other sen ices 42 71 4 46 75 12 The striking fact brought out by the above T!lble is the very high proportion of workers in the District, 702 1Jdthousand population, .as compared ~ith 350 In the ~tate as a w~ole.,.. The ratio of female wor~ers in the District vis-a-vis the State IS almost five Urnes, the respecttve figures belng 089 and 142. The workmg season in the District is hard Iv six. months a year whereas the requirements of food, clothing and fuel per capita are much more than in other pints of the State. Holdings are small so that cultivation is labour-intensive. Therefore, all persons except the very young children llave to work in order to make both ends meet. The highest proportion of workers are engaged as cultivators, the figure being 454 for the District against 197 for the State. Tn construction the Punjab figure stands in no comparison with that of the District. Out of every 1,000 persons, construction absorbs 159 persons in the District as against 7 in the State. Even under this category females are active workers with the figure of 58 against the Punjab figure of I. Besides, the heavy demand for capacious houses in which human-beings and animals slay, day in and day out for a long number of months, a very large number of persons were \\'orking during the cenSllS on roads, bridges and public buildings. Tn other economic activties, the State figures have an edge over the District figures. i.e., Transport: State (7), District (5); Trade and Commerce: State (19), District (4); Manufacturing: State (17), District (1); Household Industry.: S~ate (27), District (11); Mining and Quarrying: State (3), District (3); Agricultural Labo!lr : State (27), Dlstnct (23).

"'Page 98. N=Negligible.

>­ ..,_: ex ~ II) ., z ..... w r./) oJ , "'0. II) ., I ~ III Q ... r' ... 0 ~ II> ..... o )( « 0 ... ,.1 IJ II) 0 " -._._...... ;._ Q . N ,.-. ." ---...---- 0 ~ ...: o ., II) ..... o z o • • ... 2 )( • C :> o o N o 0- ... • ~ z "II) ... III r./) « 2 ; oJ :> 0 « o :z: « _J • o

." ..: ) L ... ''_ ') I/) i Q .. i ...... _ ../'i'._' .... j ...... : .. ' .,_ ...... / Ie Q. , II) ( ::: .. \., ... i :> I oJ I c ;, :;) I :z: \

SOCIAL AND DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Educati01I (Table6*}.-Lamas were the traditional teachers in the District, who imparted education in Bhoti language. Education on modern lines was initiated by the Moravian Mission which ran two schools, at Keylong and Chod. The District Board opened one or two schools but they were not of a much success. Until Independence the District remained very backward educationally but since then it has been making won~ derful progress. In spite of the fact that the villages are of small size and few and far between much leeway has been made. The position regarding literacy has been discussed in the previous chapter. The following figures show the pace of progress in the number of schools and scholars.

SCHOOLS SCHOLARS 1950-51 Boys Girls Total

Primary Schools 22 N·A. N.A. N.A.

Middle Schools 3 N.A. N.A. N.A.

High Schools N.A. N.A. N.A.

Total 25 N.A. N.A. N.A. 1960-61

Primary Schools 43 685 216 90t

Middle Schools 8 510 69 579 High Schools 1 90 20 110

Total 52 1,285 305 1,590

The efforts being put in by the Government in spreading education in the District may be judged from the fact that there were 52 schools for a population of 18,429 above the ages of 5 years, i.e., one school per 350 persons. And the number of scholars works out to 31 per school. The number of schools in each of the two tahsils in 1961-62 was as follows:- Schools Lahaul Spiti District Primary 29 14 43 Middle 6 2 8 High 1

Total 36 16 52 The scheme is afoot to gradually convert ordinary primary schools into basic primary schools. Three such conversions have so far taken place-two in Lahaul and one in Spiti. Endeavours are being made to convert one primary school into a middle school every year. There is only one High School in the District located at Keylong, the District headquarters. In 1960-61 it had on its rolls 90 boys and 20 girls of whom 13 students were in the High Classes.

All the schools are open to both boys and girls. Education during the winter months becomes a problem. Hence Government has opened a High School at Manali, where about 300 students from Lahaul and Spiti get their schooling. They are provided free tuition, lodging and boarding.

Teachers.-There are in all 110 teachers in the District (1960-61), i. e., two teachers per school on an average. Among the teachers 82 belong to the District and 28 are outsiders. *Page44. N.A.=Not available. 29 30

Stipends.-All students of the District are paid stipends at the following rates:--

1. Primary classes-day scholar @ Rs. 2 per mensem

2. Middle classes-day scholar @ Rs. 4 per mensem

3. High classes-day scholar @ Rs. 10 per mensem

4. Primary/Middle classes-Boarders @ Rs. 15 per mensem

5. High classes-Boarders @ Rs. 25 per mens em Those scholars who come from distant places and make their private arrangements for lodging are paid Rs. 5 in addition to the above rates.

Other facilities.-All students in primary classes are served with mid-day meals. They are given free Qooks. All schools are provided with radio sets.

: Cultural Activities.-In the past monasteries used to be the centres of religious and cultural activities but with the passage of time these activities appear to be on the wane. The lamas still teach dramatics, pa,inting and sculpture in the monasteries spread throughout the length and breadth of the District. On the oCcasion of their annual functions, dramas are enacted by troupes consi~ting of lamas and chomos. At the instance of the Block authorities twelve bhajan and kirtan mandalis, ten mahila samitis and two balwari centres have been established.

The Government High School at Keylong has a Fine Arts Club. It organizes cultural programmes of skits, dramas, music, etc., periodically. The District authorities also organize cultural programmes of dance, dfama, songs, etc., annually on 26th Januaryand 15th August.

Cinemas.-There is no cinema in Lahaul & Spiti District. The nearest cinema is at Kulu.

Libraries.-There is no good library in the District. However, at Keylong and Kaza, small book stores have been provided. At Kaza and Keylong there are small libraries maintained by the Community Development Blocks. Newspapers and journals.-No newspaper or journal is published in the District. Printing Presses.-The leading lamas are skilled in the art of printing. They do their own printing, using simple wooden blocks for the purpose. One book may take 3-4 years; the characters are well formed and resemble those of Sanskrit. Block prinitng is also done on charms and prayer-flags. The Bhoti Scriptures are hand-written, in ink made from oil-soot with glue-water. The Ka'1awris at Kulu m3.ke paper in small quantities.

A printing pre~s was started in the area.by the M?ravian Mission. Ea~lY in the century in 1904 it brought out some TIbetan School books and In 1910 prInted Census Forms 111 that language. With the departure of the members of the Mission. this press was closed and at present there is no press working in the District.

Fairs and Festivals.-Particulars about the fairs and festivals held in the District are given in Table 20. Dechhang is the best attended fair, followed by Chheshu. There are other fairs also held in the various gompas (monasteries) which are local in nature. The Indep~ndence Day Function on the 15th August and the Republic Day Function on the 26th January, orgamsed by the local authorities, attract large number of persons. Social Welfare A::tivities.-The State Social Welfare Department looks after throucrh the Deputy Commissioner, the welfare and uplift of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. The Social Welfare Board of the Central Government also helps them for loans and grants for building houses and acquiring land for cultivation. The Punjab Khadi Gramodyog Sangh and Gandhi Smarak Nidhi are spreading message of self-help and self-sufficiency among the people. The Sangh is running some stores for the sale of various products at reasonable rates. The Nidhi is also running some centres.

Political activities.-Because of its small population, the District is not a separate constituency, but forms a part of the Kulu constituency for elections to the State Legislature and of the Kangra comtituency for Lok Sabha. Tribes Advisory Council.-There are no political parties functioning in the District. The major interest of the people is in the election of representatives to the Punjab Tribes Advisory Coullcil. This 31

body consists of 13 members-seven members come through direct election, 2 members are elected by Sarpanches from among themselves, and another four including a Harijan are nominated by the Punjab Government. The Chief Minister of the Punjab is its ex-officio Chairman. The Council meets twice a year when important decisions are taken for the development of the area and the progress in implementation of these decisions is assessed. Medical and Public Health.-In the eighth century Budhism spread in Tibet and from there it entered Ladakh and later in this District. Budhism brought many arts and sciences like mathematics, astronomy, medicine, painting, sculpture and dance to these regions. The system of medicine an admixture of Ayurveda and Tibetan methods so introduced, was practised by the lamas, and medical facilities centred around the Buddhist monasteries. Its diagnostics is based on Ayurveda. Its materia medica is, to a large extent, Tibetan. Like Ayurveda iebelieves that a healthy human body contains an evenly balanced combination of phlegm, heat and wind. Deficiency or excess in any of these elements disturbs the equilibrium and causes diseases, and the curative process, therefore, consists in restoring this balance.

Tantarism or magic formulae also forms an important part of the Buddhist methods of effecting cure. For examp]f', a small human and animal figures made of baked barley flour (sattu) are circled over the head of the patient, and then burried or burnt on the cr05s-roads, accompanied by re:::itation from the scriptur es. In another ceremony called 'Mit Shab', a life-siL:e effigy of the patient is burnt to signify th1t the dis;! ase body of the patient has been destroyed, and that a healthy body has taken its place.

The Moravian Missionaries introduced allopathic system along with their proselyting activity. A Civil Dis­ pensary was set up at Keylong as late as in 1929. In the forties, this work was supplemented by sanitary teams distributing medicines, spraying houses and vaccinating during the summer months. These arrangements continued till 1960, when with the creation of the District a Civil Surgeon-cum-District Medical Officer of Health was posted at Keylong. The Civil Dispensary at Keylong was upgraded to a Civil Hospital. During 1960-61, four more dispensaries were opened-three in Lahaul and one in Spiti. By 1963-64, the number of medical institutions in the District included one Civil Hospital at Keylong; six civil dispensaries at Shashan, , Kaza, Kibar, Tabo and Sangum; two Public Health Centres at Rangrik and Gondhla, and sixsub-centres-Hansey, Ranrik,Dankar, Sissu, Tholang and Goshal. The overall charge of all these insti- tutions lies with the Chief Medical Officer of the District. People are generally robust and healthy, and most of the diseases found in the area, are due primlrily to the peculiar climate and terrain of the region and the food habits of the people. Round worm infection is common among children and is due to the contaminated drinking-water. Gastritis is fairly common, due to the excessive use of salted tea, country beer (chhang) and spirit (ara). Respiratory catarrh and Rheumat oid are prevalent owing to the extreme cold climate. Skin diseases are due to people not bathing and chang ing their clothes frequently. Because of people having to live indoor during the long winter months and burn ing firewood for heating the ill-ventilated rooms, Tuberculosis and conjunctivitis are also common.

Supply of safe drinking water, however, presents certain difficulties. Water is had from the springs. Their source usually lies high above the village along the sheep runs, and unprotected open channels are, therefore, contaminated by sheep droppings. This problem is being solved by providing sealed water tanks, atthe source from which water is brought to the village in pipe. Such schemes are simple to execute as they don't involve technical intricacies and are being executed by the people themselves with the financial assistance and technical guidance provided by the local administration. A beginning in this direction was made in 1960, when the work was assigned to the Lahaul Sub-Division of Kangra Public Health Division, and late. merged with the P. W. D. Irrigation in a unit presently known as the Technical Organization. By 1964, sixty­ three water supply schemes had been completed and many more are in hand, The expenditure on Medical and Public Health was Rs. 254,734.36 during 1963-64.

Crime. (Table 15)*.-The District does not pose any problem as regards crimes. The people are peace-loving. The first murder in the District was reported in 1935. During 1960-61, eleven crimes were registered, lOin Lahaul Sub-Division and only one in Spiti sub-Division, and all were of minor nature.

Developmental activities.-The following account relates to the trinity of Samuhik Vikas, Sahkari S;lln aj and Panchayati Raj, i.e., community development, co-operatives and panchayats. Community Development.-The first Block in the District was started on 2nd October, 1958, and it was upgraded to stage I Block on the 1st April, 1959. By the time of this write-up (October, 1965) the entire District has been covered bv the two N. E. S. Blocks; Lahaul and Spiti. Both these Blocb have furth er been augmented by Tribal Blocks, a scheme entirely financed by the Centre.

*Page 54. 32

The object of the Community Development is to improve the whole texture of rural life hy originating a self-generating process of change and growth. People's participation and contribution in this programme is of prime importance. It is not easy to assess this contribution because it is mostly in the shape of manual labour which is difficult to evaluate. However, it cannot be gain-said that the community development pro­ gramme has on the whole met with popular support. The achievements of these Blocks cannot be set out in exact terms, a broad outline of their activities is given in Table 12t. The cultivators are 3upplied with improved seeds. fruit plants and implements. Green manure, seed~ and fertilizers are supplied to the cultivators at subsidised price:>. They are encouraged to preserve cattle dUllg in pits. The development authorities also help the farmers in redaiming land and in laying out model farm~. Villagers are helped in constructing new kuhls and repairing the old one'>. Under the Ch'lru improvement schemes, yrlks are sup:Jlied to the villager,. and financial help given to the owners of the nne breed '.:attle. Poultry birds are also supplied at ,>uhsidiscd ratC's.

Health and sanitation activities cover opening of new Primary Health Centres, Rural Dispensaries, Child Welfare and Maternity Centres and construction of drains, latrines, smokeless dlUlha\', p::tvement of streets. etc. Drinking water supply schemes are got executd either through the co-op~ration of the villagers or entirely by the Go"ernmcnt.

Fducational activities cover opening of new schools. upgrading of old ones, conversion of the ordinary primary schools into basic ones, and con~truction and repairing of school buildings. In Adult Literacy Centres, men and women are encouraged to learn the three R's. Libraries and reading-rooms are started and young villagers are encouraged to organize themselves into Youth Clubs.

Mahila Samitis are organized for the welfare of the womenfolk. Balwaris (nurseries) are started for the benefit of children. Pa'1chayatghars and Communtiy Centres and Community Listening Radio sets are provided for the benefit of the community at large.

Village and small-scale industries are encouraged by setting up Demonstration-cum-Training Centres where villagers are trained in various arts and crafts. Arrangements are also made for the supply of raw materials to the workers.

Co-operation.-The first co-operative society was opened in the region in 1949, as a Co-operative Consumer Store at Keylong. In 1960, the store had a sub-centre at Gondhla. Another consumer store was opened at Losar in 1961. By March 31, 1961, as mlny as 59 co- operative societies of various types were working in the District. The following Table gives some information as regards the nature and number of these societies :-

S1. Type of Society YEAR No. 1. Co-operative, Agricultural Thrift and Credit Society, including Service 1961 1960 Co-operatives and MUlti-purpose Societies 18 28

2. Supply Stores 2 2 3. Marketing Society 1

4. Kuhl Irrigation Societies 11 13

5. Thrift and Savings Societies 3 3

6. Transport Society 1

7. Industrial Societies 7 7 8. Dairy Society

9. Poultry Society 1 10. Better Farming 1 11. Labour Construction Total 45 59 tPage 49. 33

The I?embership of the above listed societies increased from 1,630 in 1960 to 2,110 in 1961, and their -working capItal went up from Rs. 308,526 to Rs. 335,600. By 1961 all but one village had been covered DY one or the other type of co-operative society. The co-operative stores, in the two Sub-Divisions are doing good business as is obvious from the below­ :aiven Table for 1961:- Purchases Sales

1. Keylong Stores 132,184 125,629 2. Kaza Stores 37,930 37,746

These stores supp~y foodgrains, sugar, fertilizers, and other necessities of life. Fertilizers to the extent of 653 marlnds were sold through these stores and co-operative societies. Some 625 acres of land were irrigated by the Co-operative Kuhl Societies during 1%1.

The Kuth Growers' Co-operative Marketing Society sold 813 maunds of Kuth worth Rs. 137,894 during 1961, and the various types of State aid to the society amount to Rs. 109,000. A Muleteers' Co-operative Society has also been established which plies mules between Manali and Lahaul. Gram Panchayat.-In 1960-61, there were 19 Panchayats in the District with a membership of 95. The number of Panchayats at present (October, 1965) is 24 (Lahaul15 and Spiti 9). The Panchayats are expected to provide cheap and ready justice. On the criminal side, they have been given powers to try minor offences like petty thefts, hurt, affray and committing public nuisance. They are under the control of the District Magistrate who can hear appeals against their orders, and can transfer cases from one Panchayat to another. On the Civil and Revenue side, the Panchayats have been given powers to try civil and revenue cases up to certain pecuniary limits, and in respect of these cases they are under the control of the District Judge and the Collector, respectively.

During 1960·61, the Panchayats dealt in all 13 civil and revenue cases (7 pending from the last year and 6 instituted during the year), out of which 4 were decided. On the criminal side, they dealt in all 26 cases (13 instituted in the present and 13 pending from the last year); out of them 14 were decided. Besides, the Panchayats look to the requirements in their respective areas in regard to agriculture, education, animal husbandry, health and sanitation, including water supply, works of public utility, games and sports, industries, medical health and relief to the poor. They are expected to arrange part of the cost of local development works sponsored by the Developn1ent Department in cash, kind, or labour. With the help of the Departments concerned, the Panchayats have done some really good work.

The Panchayats receive a share of the land revenue collected in the villages under their charge and grants from Government. They can levy House Tax and ProfessiQns Tax and raise voluntary contributions. The fines and penalties they impose are also transferred to their funds. In 1960-61, total income of the Panchayats in the District was Rs. 80,000 and their total expenditure on Education and Libraries, Public Works, Public Health, Agriculture and Veterinary, Administration including salaries amounted to Rs. 50,000 . So far there is no Zila Parish ad in the District. Electrification.-In order to provide electricity to this area, a local power station with a generation capacity of 100 KWT was set up at Keylong, which started working on 15th August, 1963. During the year 1963-64, it produced 30,000 units of electricity. In 1964-65, its production increased to ~8,100 units. The station consists of 2 power generators of 50 Kilowatt each. The number of consumers lUcreased from 6& to 154. Besides Keylong, the station has started supplying electricity to four villages. The area is exempted from. electricity duty.

37

PACiE Explanatory Note 39 I-AGRI CULTURE Table I-Land Utillsation 41 Table 2-Classification of Land (Assessment Circk-wise) 42 Table 3 -N et Area Irrigated 42 Table 4_Gross Area Irrigated 43 Table S-Area under Principal Crops 43 I1-EDUCA TIO N Table 6-progress of School Education 44 III-MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH

Table 7-Primary Health Units and Centres and :{ural H~al(,1 Centres 44 IV-TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATIONS Table 8-Length of Roads 45 Table 9-Gaons having Post Offices -i5 Table IO-Road Distances between variolls places 46 V-LOCAL ADMINISTRATlO],; Table II-Working of Panchayats 48 Table 12-Community Development Activities 49 VI-BANKS, INSURANCE AND SAVINGS Table 13-Insurance Policies 53 lable 14-Small Savings 53 VII-JUSTICE AND ADMINISTRATION Table IS-Criminal Justice: Disposal of Cases 54 Table 16-Sanctioncd Strength of Police 54 Table I7-Land Revenue Receipts 5-1 Table IS-Transactions in Land 55 VlII-MISCELLANEOUS Table 19-Important Events 55 IX-FAIRS AND FESTIVALS Table 20-Fairs and Festivals 56 PARTn DEPARTMENTAL STATISTICS EXPLANATORY NOTE The scope of the District Census Handbook has been enlarged this time, so as to include statistics on a variety of subjects listed below. The material was collected from the concerned departments and the co-opera­ tion from them is acknowledged in the form of a foot note under each Table.

There are in a1120 Tables in this Part grouped under the following heads :-

Agriculture Tables I to 5

EducatiJI1 Tablc 6

Medical and pu bJic Health Table 7

Transport and Communications Tables 8 to 10

Local Administration Tables 11 and 12 Banks. I nsurance and Savings Tables l3 and 14

Justice and Administration Tables 15 to 18

Miscellaneous Table 19

Fairs and Festivals Table 20

AGRICULTURE Table 1 shows the utilisation of land in the District for the quinquennium 1958-63.

The classification of area has been made according to the following scheme :-

(i) Geographical area represents the total land area as worked out from the Surveyor General and Village Papers. The changes in the area may be due to territorial adjustments, or remeasure­ ment of land.

(ii) Forests include all area actuaJly under forests, whether State owned or private, and ad- ministered as forests.

(iii) Land not available for cultivation comprises land put to non-agricultural lIses, barren and uncultivable land like mountains, river and canal beds, roads and railway lines, buildings, etc.

(iv) Other uncultivable land includes (a) cuIturable wastes and other fallow; (b) permanent pas­ tures and other grazing lands; and (c) land under miscellaneous tree crops and groves; not included under net area sown. Category (a) comprises land Which can be brought under cultivation but which has not yet been culti­ vated or has remained uncultivated successively for more than four years. Category (b) includes all sucl, lands which are used permanently for grazing or collection of grass. Category (c) includEs lands cearir£ fruit orchards and other plantations. (v) Fallow land is of two types: First lands whiCh have remained out of cultivaticn for a period not less than one year but not more than 4 years, second lands which are left fallow up to one year only (current fallows). (vi) ,. Net area sown is the area on which sowing is actually done during the course of a year.

(vii) Area sown more than once is that portion of the net Sown area which was sown D1(l"e than once in a year.

39 40

(viii) Total cropped area is the gross area under all crops in a year, and is the total of net area Sown and area sown more than once.

The sources of information for this Table are the Indian Agricultural Statistics(Volume s I and 11) and the Annual Season and Crop Reports published by the Director of Land Records, Punjab.

Table 2 shows assessment circle-wise classification of land in the District for 1960-61: total area accord­ ing to Village Papers; area under forests; area not available for cultivation; area available for cultivation; and cultivated area according to means of irrigation. No puhlication has So far given such a useful and compre­ hensive data. It is for the first time that such information was collected.

Table 3 presents net area irrigated from (1) Government canals, (2) private canals, (3) tanks, (4) tube-wells. (5) other wells and (6) other sources. The information is presented for the same quinquennium as selected for Table I

Table 4 presents gross area irrigated under various food and non-food crops in the District, for qUIl1- quennium 1958-1963.

Table 5 s haws area under principal crops in the District for quinquennium [958-63. The princi pal crops have been classified into three categories: (I) Basic food crops, (I I) Other food crops and (111) Non­ food crops. EDUCATION

Table 6 presents the progress of school education in the District during the year 1960-61, Information has been given separately for Primary, Middle, High and Higher Secondary schools. Part (a) of the Table shows the number of schools and Part (b) the number of scholars for boys and girls schools.

MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH Table 7 shows the location of the Primary Health Units and Centres and Rural Health Centres as on 1st October, 1961. TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATIONS

Table 8 gives road mileage in the District as on the 31st March, 1961. Information is categorised accord­ ing to the roads maintained by Public Works Department and Zila Parishad and by the Municipal Committees; acco rding to National Highways, State Highways, Major District Roads, Minor District Roads and Village Roads; and according to metalled and unmetalled roads.

Table 9 gives a list of Post Offices in the District as on 31st March, 1961.

Table 10 is a poly metrical Table showing distances as between different places in the District. LOCAL ADMINISTRATION Table 11 shows the working of panchayats in the District during 1960-61: numher of pGl1chGYGts, their membership, beneficial and judicial activities, and income and expenditure.

Table 12 shows the community development activities in the District as on 31st March, 1%1: for each Block, its stage, area, number of villages and population covered, Government expenditure and people's participation in terms of money in the First and Second Five-Year Plans, and achie\ cments in different spheres. BANKS, INSURANCE AND SAVINGS

Table 13 shows the number of Ilew insurance policies issued and sum assured annually in the District from 1958 to 1960.

Table 14 gives a detailed account of various small savings schemes launched and progress achieved in the District during 1959-60 to 1960-61.

JUSTICE AND ADMINISTRATION Table 15 gives information regarding criminal justice, cases tried and persons con victecl in the District during 1960.

Table 16 shows the sanctioned strength of Police and the number of Police Stations in the District as on 31st December, 1960. 41

Table 17 presents land revenue receipts in the District during 1959-60 to 1960-61.

Table 18 shows transactions in land by sales, mortgages, redemption and gifts and exchanges during 1959-~)O to 1960-61.

MISCELLANEOUS

Table 19 presents important events occurred in each Tahsil of the District during the period 1955-61.

FAIRS AND FESTIVALS

Table 20 relates to fairs and festivals. The material for this Table was collected from a number of agencies: Headmasters of schools, Patwaris, Police Stations and District Officers of Health.

The fairs and festivals are arranged for villages in Tahsils according to the H.B. numbers. Information is given for each fair relating to the date on which it falls, duration, its significance and any legend connec­ ted with it, mode of observance and other entertainments, approximate number of visitors and the cli~t~il,ce they come from, whether restricted to any particular castes or observed generally, and the commodities sold.

TABLE 1

LAND UTILIZATION IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT 1961 (Quinquennial Average Figures) (Acres)

1961 Classification of Area (1958-59 to 19fi2-(3)

1. Total Geographical Arca (a) Accoroing to Survey General 3,017,165 (b) According to Village Papers 2,36R,504 II. Forests III. Land not available for cilitivation 2)57,434

(a) Land Pllt to non-agricultural uses 954 (0) Barren and uncliltivable land 2,356,480 IV. Other uncultivable land 5,010 (a) Culturable wastes other than fallow 4,000 (b) Permanent pastures and other grazing land 1,000

(c) Lanj under misc~lIaneous trcccrops and groves rwt included under net area sown 10 V. Fallow land 115 (a) Fallow land other than current fallow

(b) Current fallow 115 VI. Net area sown 5,945 VII. Area sown more than once 47 \ZIII. Total cropped area 5,992

SOUI'C('S.-l. Indian Agricultural Statistics. 2. Annual Season and Crop Reports. 42

TABLE 2 CLASSIFICATION OF LAND (ASSESSMENT CIRCLE-WISE) IN LAHAUL & SPIT! DISTRICT: 1960-61

( Acres)

£CULTtV AT! D AREA D istrict/Tahsil/Chak Total area Area *Area not tArea according to under availablc available Nahri Baran i Tot;» Village forests for for papers cultivation cultivation

2 3 4 5 6 7

District Lahaul & Spiti 2,368,504'" * 2,357,434 5,010 4,652 1,408 6,060 Tahsil Lahaul 9,240 733 3,850 3,550 1,107 4,657 No Chak Tahsil Spiti 2,784 221 1,160 1,102 301 1,403 No ChaJ..

*Incluues- (,) --LanlpuT1O-non-agricu)tiJ-ral uses, and Source.-Tahsildars:- (ii) Barren and unculturablc land. tI ncludcs (i) Culturablc waste, (ii) Per manent pasturcs and othcr grazing lands, and (i ii) L and under miscellaneous tree crops and groves not includcd in net sown area. £lnduues (i) Net sown area, and( i i) F allow lands. 'i'*IncluJes 2,356,480 acres of 1I1lcadastrallysurveycd area for which Tahsil figures are not available.

TABLE 3 NET AREA IRRIGATED IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1961 (Quinquennial Average Figures)

(Acres)

1961 Area Irrigated frony (1958-59 to I 962-63)

1. Govern ment canals 2. Private canals

3. Tanks

4. Tube-wells

5. Other wells

6. Other sources 5,900 Total 5,900

SOllrce.-Agricllltliral Statistics of India. 43

TABLE 4

GROSS AREA IRRIGATED IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT 1961 (Quinquennial Average Figures)

(Acres i

Area irrigated under 1961 ( \958-59 to ( 1962-63)

1. Rice 2. Whe"l 692 3. Total Cereals 4,820 5. Tola! Pulse:, 443 5. Total Foodgraids 5,263 6. Sugar-cane 7. Other Food crops 229 8. Tolal Food crops 5,492 9. Cotton 111. Other Non-fool[ crops 496 II. Total Non-food crops 496 12. TotQI irrigated area under all crops 5,984- SourCe .~AgricLlltliral Statisticsof India

TABLE 5 AREA UNDER PRINCIPAL CROPS IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1961 (Quinquennial Average Figures) (Acres) 1961 1958-5'-.1 to 1962-63 ) Classification of Crops

1. Basic Food Crops

Rice Wheal 696 Total Cereals 4,824 Total Pulses 443 Tota! Foodgrains 5,267 Fruit and Vegetables 229 II. Other Food Crops

Sugar' cane Condiments and Spices Other Food crops Total Food crops 5,496 III. Non-Food CropS Groundnut TotalOilseeds 54 Cotton Jute Total Fibres Plantation Crops Tea and Coffee Tobacco Dyes and Tanning Material Drugs and Narcotics (other than Tea and Tobacco), . 157 Fodder Crops Green Manure crops Other Non·food crops 285 Total Non-food crops 496 5,992 Grand Total Source. -Annual Season and Crop Reports. 44

TABLE 6

PROGRESS OF SCHOOL EDUCATION IN L4.HAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1960-61 A. Schools

Year Primary Middle High Higher Total Secondary Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1960·61 43 8 52

Note. - Thi~ District was constituted in the year 1960.

TABLE 6--concld. PROGRESS OF SCHOOL EDUCATION IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1960-61 B. Scholars - -~------Year Primary Middle High Higher To wI Secondary Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girh Boys Girls

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1960-61 685 216 510 69 90 20 1,285 305

, S:mrce. -Inspector and Inspectress of Schools, Jullundu[ Division.

TABLE 7 PRIMARY HEALTH UNITS AND CENTRES AND RURAL HEALTH CENTRES IN LAHAUL & SP[TI DISTRICr AS ON 1ST OCTOBER, 1961

N arne of Block Location of the Centre Type of the [nstitution

Lahaul Gondhla Primary Health Centre Spiti Rangrik Primary Health Centre

Source.- Director, Health Services, Pllnja b. 45

TABLE 8 LENGTH OF ROADS IN LAHAUL & SPIT! DISTRICT AS ON 31ST MARCH, 1961

MILEAGE Metalled Unmctalled Total Roads Roads Roads A-RO>\DS MAIN fAIN ED BY P.W.D.

National Highways Nil State Highwa)s

1. Rohtang Pass- Khoksar Road 7.47 7.47

2. Khoksar-Keylong Road 26.62 26.62

3. Keylong-Zingzing Bar Road 31.00 31.()0

4. Zi ngzi ng Bar-Li ngt i Road 26.88 26.ll8

Total 91.97 91.97

Major District Roads Nil Minor District Roads

1. Gramphoo-Chattru Road 10.80 10.80

2. Chattru-Chhota Dara Road 10.00 10.00

3. Chhota Dara-Batal Road 10.00 10.00

4. Batal to Kunzam Pass Road 4.28 4.2R

5. Kunzam Pass-Losar Road 19.00 19.00

6. Tandi-Thirot Road 16.75 16.75 .. __.- Total 70.83 70.83 B-ROADS MAINTAINED BY ZILA PARISHAD Village Roads Nil C.-ROADS MAINTAINED BY MUNICIPAL COMMITTEES Nil Grand Total (A !. B +-C) ~162.80 162.80 ------_._.-.---- S()llrces.-1. Chief Engineer, Punjab, P.W. D., B & R. 2. D~Pllty ,Commissioner, Lahaul & Spiti.

TABLE 9 GAONS HAVING POST OFFICES IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT AS ON 31ST MARCH, 1961

SI. Name of Post Office SI. Name of Pust Office SI. Name of Post Office No No. No Lahaul Tahsil

I. Jalma 4. Keyiong 7. Gondhla 2. Tandi 5. .Iispa 8. Shashan 3. Malang 6. Khoksar Spiti Tahsil

1. Losar 6. Hull II. Sagnm 2. Tabo 7. Rangrik 12. Gaoling 3. Kala 8. Kibar 13. Koorling 4. Dhunkar 9. Lara 14. Gu 5. Hansa 10. Mana Yogma 15. Khurik

'>Ol/fCe .-Post ma,ter General, Punjab.- 46

TABLE ROAD DISTANCES (IN MILES) BETWEEN VARIOUS

l. Batal o 20 10 77 49 30 33 25 21 73 46 59 23 2. Chattru 20 0 to 56 29 10 53 5 41 53 66 39 43 3. Chhotadara 10 10 0 66 39 20 43 15 31 63 56 49 33 4. Darcha 77 56 66 o 28 46 109 61 97 122 17 99

5. Gondhla 49 29 39 28 0 19 82 34 70 25 95 11 72 6. Gramphoo 30 10 20 46 19 0 63 15 51 43 76 29 53 7. Hall 33 53 43 109 82 63 o 58 12 106 13 92 10 8. Hampata Pass 25 5 15 61 34 15 58 o 46 58 71 44 48 9 Ransa 21 41 31 97 70 51 12 46 o 94 25 80 2 10. Jispa 73 53 63 3 25 43 106 58 94 o 119 14 96 11. Kaza 46 66 56 122 95 76 13 71 25 [19 o 105 23 12. Keylong 59 39 49 17 11 29 92 44 80 14 105 o 82 13. Kito 23 43 33 99 72 53 10 48 2 96 23 82 o 14. Khoksar 33 13 23 44 16 43 66 18 54 41 79 27 56 15. Kunzam Pass 4 24 14 80 53 34 29 29 17 77 42 63 19 16. Lingti 112 92 102 36 64 82 145 97 133 39 158 53 135

17. Losar IS 35 25 91 64 45 18 40 6 88 31 74 8 18. Moorang 36 56 46 112 85 66 3 61 15 109 10 95 13 19. Patseo 84 64 74 8 36 54 117 69 105 11 130 25 107 20. Rangrik 42 62 52 118 91 72 9 67 21 115 4 101 19 21. Rohtang Pass 34 14 24 50 22 4 67 19 55 47 80 33 57 22. Sissu 41 21 31 36 8 11 74 26 62 33 87 19 64 23. Takcha 11 31 21 87 60 41 22 36 10 84 35 70 ]2 24. Tandi 55 35 45 22 6 25 88 40 76 19 lOt 5 78 25. Thirot 72 52 62 39 23 42 105 57 93 36 118 22 95 26. Zi ngzingbar 89 69 79 13 41 59 122 74 110 16 135 30 112 47

10 PLACES IN LAHAUL & SPIT! DISTRICT

33 4 112 15 36 88 42 34 41 11 55 72 89 13 24 92 35 56 64 62 14 21 31 35 52 69 23 14 102 25 46 74 52 24 31 21 45 62 79 44 80 36 91 112 8 118 50 36 R7 22 39 13 16 53 64 64 85 36 91 22 8 60 6 23 41 43 34 82 45 66 54 "72 4 11 41 25 42 59 66 29 145 18 3 117 9 67 74 22 88 105 122 18 29 97 40 61 69 67 19 26 36 40 57 74 54 17 133 6 15 105 21 55 62 10 76 93 110 41 71 39 88 109 11 115 47 33 84 19 36 16 79 42 158 31 10 130 4 80 87 35 101 118 135 27 63 53 74 95 25 101 33 19 70 5 22 30 56 19 135 8 13 107 19 57 64 12 78 95 112 o 37 80 48 69 52 75 6 8 44 22 39 57 37 o 116 11 32 88 38 38 45 7 59 76 93 80 116 o 127 148 28 154 86 72 123] 58 75 2J 48 11 127 o 21 99 27 49 56 4 70 87 104 69 32 148 21 o 120 6 70 77 25 91 108 125 52 88 28 99 120 o 126 58 44 95 30 47 5 75 38 154 27 6 126 o 76 83 31 97 114 131 6 38 86 49 70 58 76 o 14 45 28 45 8 45 72 56 77 - 44 8:3 14 o 52 14 31 49 44 7 123 4 25 95 31 45 52 o 66 83 100 22 59 58 70 91 30 97 28 14 66 o 17 34 39 76 75 Po7 108 47 114 45 31 83 17 o 52 57 93 23 104 125 5 131 63 49 100 34 52 o

Source. Executive Engineer, L'lhaul & Spiti Division No.1. 48

TABLE 11 WORKING OF PANCHAYATS IN LAHAUL &. SPITI DISTRICT: 1960-61

I. GENERAL (a) Number of Panchayats (b) Total Membership 1'.1 95 U. BENEFICIENT ACTIVITIES (a) No. of Schools constructed 3 (b) No. of Libraries started 3 (c) Reading rooms constructed (d) Panchayatghars constructed te) New Roads constructed (miles) 60 (f) Weils constructed 17 '(g) Buildings constructeu for hospitals and disPensaries (h) Buildings constructed for veterinary dispensaries and First Aid Centres (i) Waste land opened (acres) (j) Land cleared from harmful weeds (acres, 869

Ill. JUDICIAL ACTIVITIES (i) Civil and Revenue Suits (a) Pending from the last year 7 (b) Instituted during the year 6 (c) Received by transfers ,(d) Total 13 {e) Decided 4 (f) Transferred and retu rned (g) Pending at the end of the year 9 (ii) Criminal Cast's '(a) Pending from the iast year 13 (b) Instituted during the year 13 (c) Received by transfers (d) Total 26 (e) Decideu 14 {O Transferred and returned '(g) Pending at the end of the year 12 IV. INCOME (THOUSAND RUPEES) (a) Grants from Government other than Land Revenue 56 (b) Grants from Local Bodies and other bodies (c) Land Revenue grant 1 (d) House Tax and Professional Tax 4 (e) Other taxes and special taxes (0 From Shamlat Lands (g) Voluntarv Contributions 12 7 (h) MiscelLulO:ous (including sums collected for common secular purposes) '\ SO (I, Total 'V. EXPENDITURE (THOUSAND RUPEES) '(a) Education and Libraries 8 !(b) Public Works 20 ,(c) Public Health 11 ',(d) Agriculture and Veterinary 4 (e) Administration including salaries 1 5 (f) Others (8) Miscellaneous 1 (h) Total 50 Source.-Deputy Commissioner, Lahaul & Spiti. 49

TABLE 12 COMMUNl'IY DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITlES IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT DURING THE FIRST AND SECOND FIVE YEAR pLAN PERIODS ENDING 31ST MARCH, 1956 AND 1961

sl. Item NAME OF BLOCK No. Lahaul 1 2 3 , 1. Date of conversion 1-4-1959 2. Stage of the Block 3. Area covered (sq. miles) 67 4. Villages covered 172 S. Population covered N~A. (According to 1951) 6. Government expenditure (a) .. (Thousand Rupees) (b) 199 7. People's participation (a) (including cash, kind and labour in terms of money (ThOll sand Rupees) (b) 153 PHYSICAL ACHIEVEMENTS I. Agriculture (1) Improved seeds distributed (Mds.) (a) (b) 158

(2) Fertilizers distributed (Mds.) (a) (b) 1,142 (3) New area brought under cultivation (Acres) (a) (b)

(4) Area brought under green manuring (Acres) (a) (b)

(5) Im )rov~d implements di'itributeo (Number) (a) (b) 15

(6) Compost pits dug/in actual use (Number) (a) (b) 1,70i 170 (7) Model farms laid out (Number) (a) (b)

(8) Fruit trees planted (Number) la) (b) 3,268

(9) Area reclaimed (Ac!es) (a) (b) II. Inigation (I) New percolation wells constructed (Number) (a) (b)

(2) Percolation wells repaired (Number) (a) (b)

(3) Pumping sets installed (Number) (a) (b)

(4) Tube-wells constructed (Number) (a) (b)

(5) Additional area brought under cultivation from all sources(Acres) (a) (b) 24 III. Anbnal Husbandry (1) Improved ani mals supplied (Number) (a) (b) 42 (2) Improved birds supplied{Number) (a) (b) 336 Notel,- (i) (a) and (b) stand for First and Second Five Year Plans, respectiveiY. (jj) N.A. means information not available, 50

TABLE 12-contd.

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES IN LAHAUL &; SPITI DISTRICT DURING THE FIRST AND SECOND FIVE YEAR PLAN PERIODS ENDING 31ST MARCH, 1956 AND 1961

Sl. NAME OF BLOCK N&. Item Lahaul 1 2 3 III-ANIMAL HUSBANDRY~oncld. (3) Key village & artificiaITnsemination centres started (Number) ( a) (b) (4) Ani mlls artiricially inse minated ( Number) (a) (b) lV. Health and Sanitation

(1) Hospitals started (Number) (a) (b) (2) Primary Health Centres started ( Number) (a) (b)

(3) Rural Dis~nsaries started (Nu mber) (a) .. (b) 1

(4) Child Welfare and Maternity Centres started (Number) (a) (b) ('5) Pucca drains constructed (Yds.) (a) (b) (<6) Kacha drains constructed (Yds.) ( a) (b)

(7) Str;:~ts paved (Sl. Yds.) (a) (b) 328 (8) Rural latrines constructed (Number) (a) (b) 25

(9) Drinking water w~llsrbaulies constructed (Number) ( a) (b) 4 UO) Drinking water wells/banks renovated (Number) (a) (b) (11 ) Hand-pumps installed ( Number) (a) (b) (12) Smokeless chuJlas constructed (Number) (a) (b) 138 V. Education (1) New schools started (ordinary) (Number) (a) (b) 12 (2) Old schools upgraded (Number) (a) .. (b) 3 (3) Schools converted into BasicType (Number) (a) .. (b) 10 (4) New Basic Type Schools started ( Number) ( a) (b)

(5) SchoolBuilclings constructed (Number) (a) (b) 5 VI. Social Education (1) Adult Literacy Centres started (Number) (a) (b)

(2) Adults made literate men/women( Number) (a) (b)

(3) Library/Reading Rooms started (Number) (a) (b) ili l 51

TABLE 12-contd. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ACTlVlTl E S IN LA HAUL & SPlTI DISTRKT DURIl'IG THE FIRS1 AND SECOND FIVE YEAR PLAN PERIOLS ENDIl'IG 31ST MARCH, 1956 AND 1961

Sl. NAME OF BLOCK No. Item Lahaul t 2 3 VI. Social Education-concld. (4) Youth clubs started/members (Numbcr) ( a) (b) 14i 227 (5) Mahila samitis startcd/ll1embcrs( Number) (a) .. (b) 101 103 (6) Ci1illlren parksstartcd( Numbcr) (a) (b)

(7) Panchayatghars started (Number) (a) (b)

(8) Coml11llllity centres started (Number) (a) (b)

(9) Community listening sets installed (Number) (a) (b) 13

(10) Balwarics.!nurscries started (Number) (a) (b) 3

VIl. Communications

(1) New kacha roads constructed (Miles) (a) (b) 10

(2) Kacha roads repaired (Miles) (a) (b) l~

(3) Pucca roads constructed (Miles) (a) (b)

(4) Pucca roads repaired (Miles) (a) (b)

(5) Culverts constructed (Number) (a) (b)

VIII. Co-opera lion

(1) Credit societies started (Number) (a) (b) 5

(2) Industrial societies started (Number) (a) (b) 6 (3) Farming societies started (Number) (a) (b)

(4) New services socielJes started (Number) (a) (b) 13 (5) All otller types of societies started (Number) (a) (b) 15 (6) Total Number (a) (bl 40 (7) Total Members (a) (b)

(8) Old societies converted into services societies (Number) 3 (9) Membership (Number) (a~ (b) 52

TABLE 12-concld. COMMUNlTY DEVELOP_\ifENT ACTIVITIES IN LAHAU L & SPITI DISTRICT DURING THE FIRST AND SECOND FIVE YEAR PLAN PERIODS ENDING 3]STMARCH, ]956 AND 196]

S}. NAME OF BLOCK No. Item Lahaul I 2 3 JX. Villages and Small Scale Industries

, 1 ) Demonstration -cum-training centres started (Number) fa) (b) 8 (2) Persons trained (Number) (a) .. (b) 115 (3) Model villages established (Number) (a; (b)

SourCe .-financial Commissioner (Development), Punjab. 53

TABLE 13 NEW INSlJRANCE POLICIES ISSUED AND SUM ASSURED IN I.AHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: CALENDAR YEARS 1958 TO 1960

Year Policies issued Su nl Assured tthousand rupee,)

1958 li51 2,652 1959 1,329 4,891

2,531 ~,237 Source.-Zonal Manager, Life Insurance Corporation ot India, NewDefhi.

TABLE 14 SMALL SAVINGS SCHEME IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1959-60 TO 1960-61 SI. AMOUNT ! THOUSAND RUPEES No. Item 1959-60 1960-61 2 3 4 l. Postal Certificates-­ tal Gross receipt., 4 :; (b) Encashments 2 1 (c) Net receipts 2 4 2. Post Office Savings Bank­

(a) Gross receipts 74 131 (b) Withdrawals 1:.: 57 (c) Net receipts ()2 74 3. 10-Year Treasury Saving Deposit Certificates­ (a) Gross receipts (b l Encashments (c) Net receipts 4. 15 year Annuity Certificates - (a) Gross receipts (b) Encashments (c) Net receipts 5. Cumulative Time Deposits - (a) No. of Accounts (b) Gross receipts (c) Encashments (d) Net receipts Total (Hem I to 5) - (a) Gross receipts 78 136 (b) Encashments H 5S (c) Net receipts 64 78 (i) No. of authorised agents N.A. N.A. (ii) No. of savings groups under pay roll savings scheme N.A N.A. (a) Membership (b) Collections (iii) No. of General Saving Groups (a) Membership N.A. N.A. (b) Collections N.A. N.A.

Note.- N.A. means information not available. Source .-Director General Small Savings, Punjab. 54

TABLE 15 CRIMINAL JUSTICE: DISPOSAL OF CASES IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1900

Year Cases brought NUMBER OF PERSONS to trial includ- ing pending Brought to Acquitted or Convicted Died, escaped Remaining from previous trial including discharged ur transferred under trial years pending from to other State/ previous years Court

1960 13 28 10 6 12

Note.-This District came into existence in the year 1960. Source .-District and Scssio ns Judge, District Magistrate, Lahaul & Spiti.

TABLE 16 SANCTIONED STRENGTH OF POLICE IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT AS ON 31ST DECEMBER, 1960

SI. Name of the Post Number No. 1. Superi ntendent 2. Assistant Superintendent 3. Deputy Superintendent 4. Inspector 5. Sub·lnspe<:tor 3 6. Sergeant 7. Assistant Sub·Inspector 3 8. Foot Head Constable 14 9. Mounted Head Constable 10. Foot Constable 73 11. Mounted Constable Total 95

Number of Police Statiu 15 2 Number of Police Out-Posts

Source .-Inspector General of Police, Punjab. "

TABLE 17

LAND REVENUE RECEIPTS IN LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT : 1959-60 TO 1960-61 (Agricultural Year·wise) Year Receipts (Rupees)

1959-60 6,625 1960~61 8,521

Source .-Financial Commissioner, Punjab. 55

TABLE 18

TRANSAL'TIONS IN LAND IN LA HAUL & SPITI DISTRICT: 1959-60 TO 1960-61

(a) Sales Year Number of AREA TRANSFERRED Revenue PmCF TranSfers ------(Rupees) Total Of which Rupees As multiple cultivated of revenue

1959-60 6 9 4 6 21,670 3,612 1960-61 N.A. 19 N.A. N.A. 25,448 (b) Mortgages Number of AREA TRANSFERRED Revenue Mortgage Mortgages ------(Rupees) money Total Of which (Rupees) cultivated 1959-60 3 4 2 4 2,000 1960-61 N.A. 1 N.A. N.A. N.A. (c) Redemption

Number of AREA REDEEMED Revenue Mortgaged releases ------~---.. (Rupees) money Total Of which discharged cultivated (Rupees)

1959-60 3 1 1 2 3,300 1960-61 N.A. 4 N.A. N.A. N.A. (d) Gifts and E-xchanges

GIFTS EXCHANGES

'---~------_-- Number of Total area Number of Total area transactions transferred transactions transferred

1959-60 2 48 2 2 1960·61 3 12

N.A.-Not ayaiiable. Source.-Annual Reports on Land Revenue Adminisiration o(Punjab.

TABLE 19

IMPORTANT EVENTS IN LAHAUL & SPIT! DlSTRICr: 1955-61

Tahsil Year Event Lahaul 1955 Lok Sahayak Sen a Camp organised in Lahaul Block. 1958 Development Block Lahaul started. 1960 Primary Health Centres started at Gondhia. 1960 Creation of Lahaul & Spiti District. 1961 Lok Sahayak Sena camp Organised in Lahaul Block. 1961 High School at Ialma started.

Spiti 1960 Creation of Spiti Sub-Division. 1960 Development Block Spiti started. 1961 Spiti Block converted into Stage I Block.

Source.-Deputy Commissioner, Lahaul & SpitL 56

._g'" :a eo E::! 00 V'"

6 "::l,

o o o 8 V) ("i

oI "?

M o ,::? ~ fj

... 57

,_.; en ..0 ..0 I '0 '" I 0 0 '0 0 6 0 '0 ~ ~ ~ ~ I

I 0 I 0 N o 0'" 0 6 o~ 8.2 ~ .... 0·- '0 ~ _;8 ~·s I o II) - N

6 "9

I .... 0 '"::s "9 ....>. ">. 1>0>, >.>' OJ

.... ~ >. ... 0$ as ... P- 'tI ... :3 1:1 I) 0 C) ;3 011 3 C!) P- Oll I:lIl = 0

.Ii:c: 58

on .~ ~'§ ~ , , , , :0 0 <6 0 0 0 filE 0 6 <6 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 6 t;;E " I='< '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 "9 "9 "9 '9 '9 ~o Uu

...<) 0 c c c 0 c 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0 .... N 00 V"l II:) M " c M ("r) a 0 .= on 0 00 0 ::2 S 'n '§ ~ ~~~ \C - - ,-".oOMi) 0.8:::::'0> ~;:I.ral'lo Q>~U

t "'~~0Il~' ·S 5 ,,·;::.S'-"'5 '" ';;;,;:... r:l '; ose-g t-t :.:::: ~~~:U'Oos UJ '0", ~'Oo.oI::Q.c::", c::- ~,.-g'O~;:J~ 5 ~~ V\ 'O'iHdos~sgo . . • . . 0 . 0 0 0 6 b 0 . 0 0 0 0 6 0 .~ "'S CJE~ ~ 'f a '0 '0 a 'tl 'tl ~ g.:: QlJrJ)tUl!3:::S M r;I),:..r: '0 '0 , '"9 '9 '9 '9 , '9 'tl, '"0 '0 '"9 ooS .. I=: ...... l .. ~'tlc::- • . • . . . > ... 'tl ;.;2 .. i: 'c,g,;: ri '(/ls:: ...... r:; 'O~B c:: ~~5 £~ Eo;g 0..0 c:: 0 ..

~ c rtJ 0 ~ r.. ~... to(/] ::l '" >. ::l'" , , , ~ '0 ." . 0 0 b 0 . .-, .. . b 0 0 b b b Z '0 .00 0 6 0 b c:: ~> '9 '9 '9 'C '0, '0 '9 '"9 '9 '9 '0 '9 '9 '9 '9 <

co p ~ ;.- ..c:os ~ ..c: , , , N M 6 6 0 0. b 0 b b 6 ...... B 0 6 b b b b ... 0 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 '9 9 "9 '9 .~ '9 '9 '9 "9 u:.

.._ 0..s 0 Of) .:: c:: ~ c os r:: 0 '8 ,.I( ..c: ,.c 0 os 0:1 0 E '0 ". E '"gjlc 0 ·c"" ~ ... £3 0 ('j E ._;::::0

PaGB Explanatory Note 6S

Table A-I Area, Houses and Population 93 Appendix I Statement show,ing 1951 territorial units constituting the present set up of District and Tahsils 93 Appendix II Number ofviIlages with population of 5,000 and above and Towns with population under 5,000 95 Appendix III Houseless and Institutional Population 95 Table A-II Variation in Population during sixty years (1901-1961) 96 Table A-III Villages classified by Population 97 Table B-1 Workers and Non-workers classified by Sex and Broad Age Groups 98 Table B-III Part B Jndustrial classification of Workers and Non-workers by Educa- tional Levels in Rural areas only 100 Table B-IV Part A Industrial classification, by Sex and Class of Worker, of Persons at work at Household Industry 102

Table B-IV Part B Industrial classification, by Sex and Class of Worker, of Persons at work in Non-household Industry, Tracie, Business, Proftssion or Service 103 Table B-IV Part C Industrial classification, by Sex and Divisions, Major Groups and Minor Groups, ofPerSOllS at work other than cultivation 1(\5

Table B-V Occupational classification by Sex of Persons at work other than cultivation 108

Table B-VII Part A Persons working principally (1) as Cultivators, (11) as Agricultural Labourers,or (III) at Household Industry, classified by Sex and by secondary work (i) at Household Industry, (ii) as Cultivator or (iii) as Agricultural Labourer ' 115 Table B-VII, Part B Industrial classification, by Sex, of persons working in Non­ household Industry, Trade, Business, Profession or Service who are also engaged in Household Industry 116

Table B-VIII Part B Persons Unemployed aged 15 and above by Sex and Education­ al Levels in Rural areas only 118

Table B-JX Persons not at work classified by Sex, Broad Age Groups and Type of Activity 120 Table B-X Sample Households (i) engaged neither in Cultivation nor Household Industry, (ii) engaged either in Cultivation or Household Industry but not in both, and (iii) engaged both in Cultivation and Household Industry 122 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

TableB-XI Sample Households engaged in Cultivation classified by interest in Land and size of Land cultivated in Rural and Urban areas separately 123 (Based on 20 per cent Sample) 62

PAGE

Table B-Xn Sample Households engaged in Cultivation only, classified by size of Land cultivated and number of Family Workers and Hired Workers in Rural and Urban areas separately 124 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table B-XIII Sample Households engaged both in Cultivation and Household Industry, showing size of Land cultivated classified by Princi­ pal Household Industry in Rural and Urban areas separately 126 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table B-XIV Sample Households engaged only in Household Industry classified by Principal Household Industry (Based on 20 per cent Sample) Part A-Households classified by Major Groups of Principal Household Industry and persons engaged 127 Part B-Households classified by Minor Groups of Principal Household Industry 127

Table B-XV Sample Households engaged both in Cultivation and Ho USe- hold Industry classified by size of Land in Rural and Urban areas separately 128 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table B-XV,~ Sample Principal Household Industry classified by Period of Working and Total Number of Workers engaged in House­ hold Industry l30 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table B-XVII Sample Households classified by (i) Number of Male and Female Members by size of Households and (ii) Engagement (a) neither in Cultivation nor in Industry (b) in Household Industry only and (c) in Cultivation sub-classified by size of Land Cultivated 134 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table C-I Composition of Sample Households by Relationship to Head of Family classified by size of Land Cultivated 136 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table C-II Age and Marital Status 138

Table C-II1 Part A Age, Sex and Education IJ1 All areas 140

Table C-V Mother tongue 141 Religion TableC-VU 142 Table C-VIIl Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Part A-Classification by Literacy and Industrial Category of Workers and Non-workers among Scheduled Castes 144 Part B-Classification by Literacy and Industrial Category of Workers and Non-workers among Scheduled Tribes 144 Place of Birth Table D-II 146 Census Houses and the uses to which they are put Table E-I 148 63

PAGL Table E-I1 Tenure Status of Sample Census Households living in Census Houses used Wholly or Partly as Dwelling 150 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table E-IlI Number of Factories and Workshops classified according to Industries 151

Table E-IV Distribution of Sample Households living in Census Houses used Wholly or Partly as Dwelling by predominant Material of Wall and predominant Material of Roof 152 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table E-V Sample Households classified by Number of Members and by Number of Rooms Occupied . 152 (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Table SCT-I Part A Industrial classification of persons at work and non-workers by sex for Scheduled Castes 154 Table SCT-I Part B Industrial classification of persons at work and nOl1-workers by sex for Scheduled Tribes 154

Table SCT-II Part A Age and Marital Status for Scheduled Castes 157 Table SCT-II Part B Age and Marital Status for Scheduled Tribes )59

Table SCT-III Part BO) Education in Rural areas only for Scheduled Castes 162

Table SCT-I1I Part B (ii) Education in Rural areas only for SCheduled Tribes 162

Table SCT-IV Part A Religion for Scheduled Castes 163

Table SCT-IV Part B Religion for Scheduled Tribes 163

1 able SCT-V Part A Sample Households engaged in cultivation classified by interest in land and size ofland cultivated in Rural areas only for members of Scheduled Castes (Households of members of Scheduled Castes in a 20 per cent Sample of all Households) 164 Table SCT-V Part B Sample Households engaged in cultivatiGn classified by interest in land and size of land cultivated in Rural areas only for members of SCheduled Tribes (Households of members of Scheduled Tribes in a 20 per cent Sample of all Households)

Table SC-I Persons not at work classified by sex, type of activity and educational levels for Scheduled Castes 165

Table ST-I Mother tongue and Bilingualism for Scheduled Tribes 166 Table ST-II Persons not at work classified by sex and type of activity for Scheduled Tribes 167

EXPLANATORY NOTE The Tables presented below have been prepared from the data collected during the 1961-census. Some of the Tables give information up to Tahsil and Town level, and have been prepared exclusively for this vo lume. Tables A-IV, B-III (Part A), B-VI, B-VIIJ (Part A), C-III (Part B), and SCT-III (Part A) give information only for urban areas; Tahsilwise Tables for urban areas could not be prepared since sorting of slips was done for non­ dty urban area of the District as a single unit. Slips for the five cities in the State were, however, sorted separately. The Tables have been grouped under suitable series and are explained below.

A-SERIES : GENERAL POPULATION TABLES These Tables deal with distribution of population in 1961 and its growth since 1901. There are four Tables and three Appendices in this series.

Table A-I shows area both in square miles and square kilometres; number of villages, inhabited and uninhabited; number of towns; number of occupied houses; and population for the District, each Tahsil and town, with sex break-up. The figures for towns have been given below the Tahsils in which they are located. Figures are given for the total, rural and urban areas, separately.

The area figures for the District and Tahsils were obtained from the Director of Land Records, Punjab and those for urban areas from the respective Local Bodies. Rural figures were worked out by substracting the urban figures from the total area figures.

Oc.'upied residential houses refers to those houses which were actually used for residence, either exclusively or jointly with some other use. Thus vacant houses and houses used for shops, factories, workshops, offices, etc., have not been included in these figures.

In the 1961-census an urban area or town was defined as a place having a local administration, such as Municipal Committee or Cantonment Board ,or an area treated as a town because of its having (a) population exceeding 5,000, and (b) at least 75 per cent of its male workers were engaged in non-agricultural pursuits.

Persons were enumerated according to the place of their residence and not their place of work, except in the case of visitors who were enumerated wherever the enumerators met them and on inquiry were told that such persons had not been enumerated before. The population So recorded in towns has been styled as urban population and the rest as rural population.

Village, as in previous censuses, refers to an area for which a separate Record of Rights is maintained, or which has been separately assessed to Land Revenue, or would have been so assessed if the Land Revenue had not been realised or compounded or redeemed, or which the State Government had otherwise declared as an 'estate'. This definition of village is identical with that of 'mau::a' under section 3(1) of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, 1887. The definition applies to a demarcated area of land and not to a residential site. £n hills cultivation is generally scattered and the population generally lives in homesteads built 011 individual farms or in groups of hamlets. There also the revenUe estate is known as 'mau:::a' but the smaller units are called 'tikkas' in Kangra District except in Ku1u where the revenue estate is termed as 'kothi' and the smaller unit is 'phati'. In Lahaul & Spiti District, the revenue estate is referred to as 'kothi' and its components as 'gaol1'.

Appendix I shows the territorial changes which took place during the decade 1951-61. Such Tahsils as had not undergone any change of area during the decade have not been mentioned in the Appendix.

Appendix II shows the number and population of villages each having 5,000 or more persons, and towns with population under 5,000. The population living in such big villages and towns of small size has also been shown as percentage of total, rural and urban population, under cols. 4 and 7.

Appendix III relates to the houseless and institutional population.

Members of wandering tribes, tramps, pavement·dwellers and others who do not live as households comprise the house less population. These persons were enumerated on the night between the 28th February and 1st March, 1961.

65 66

., Residential institutions such as,jails, hostels, hotels and boarding houses were treated a5 hou5eholds, and theIr Inmates were treated. as meI?-bers of these households ..Policemen and Defence personnel living in barracks or under canvas, and takmg theIr meals from a common kItchen, were also treated as il15titlltionaf population.

Table A·I1 shows the population of the District at the time of censuses from 1901 to 1961 and varia­ tion in population-in absolute figures and percentage-- in each decade. The pdpulation figures for t'he previous censuses have been adjusted according to the 1961 territory of the District.

In Table A-III the villages have been graded according to the size of population as shown below and for each group the number of villages and population have been shown. '

Villages with population­

(a) less than 200; (b) 200 to 499; (c) 500 to 999; (d) 1,000 10 ),999; (e) 2,000 to 4,999; and (f) 5,000 or more.

The term 'village' has already been defined.

Table A-IV shows the population of each town since 1941. The absolute and perccntagc variatjon~ during the two decades have also been worked out. Where a town \vaS not treated as such in ;.my earlier Censlls, Its population for that Census has not been shown in this Table.

Where two or more towns are adjacent and together form a compact urban unit, their ccmbircd popula­ tion as a town group has also been worked out.

B-·SERIES: ECONOMIC TABLES

The Tables of this series relate for the most part to economic activities: thirte(;n among them deal with the population as individuals and the other nine as households. The population has been distributed in the first instance into Workers and Non-workers. The Workers have been classified into (al nine industrial catego­ ries, further sub-divided into major and minor groups as listed in the "Indian Standard Indw,trial Classification" (Annexure A) adopted by the Government of India, and (b) according to occupations listed in the "National Classification of Occupations" (Annexure B).

In earlier censuses, incomc or economic independence ",as taken as the criterion for measuring the economy of the country. Account was made of all the persons who ",ere eccnemically irderecccl t ,lei tr.ose who ",ere economically dependent. An intermediate category of semi-dependence was introduced from the 1931-cem,us. This category was caIled 'working dependent' in 1931, 'partly dependent' in 1941 and 'earning dq:enden t' in 1951. A radical change was made in 1961 on the basis of classification of population, disc<\ldiJlg economic independence in favour of work.

In the 1961-census a person was classed as worker if engaged in seasonal work and worked at lea,t for an hour a day throughout the greater part of the working season.lf engaged in any trade, profession or serv­ ice the basis of work was satisfied if the person was employed during any of the fifteen days preceding the en~meration. Of course, the concept of work covered also supervision and direction of wor k.

A person who was working but was absent from work due to illness or other reasons was also counted as a worker. A person who was offered w. Irk but did not actually join was, however, taken as a non-worker. Persons under training as apprentices with or without stipends or wages were also recorded as workers.

An adult woman who was engaged in household duties but did no other productive work to directly augment the family resources was not considered to be a worker. But if in addition to her household work she engaged herself in an activity, such as rice-pounding for sale or wages, domestic service for wages, collecting and selling grass or firewood, or making and selling cow-dung cakes, she was treated as a worker. Persons like beggars, pensioners, agricultural or non-agricultural royalty or rent or dividend receivers, who earned an income but were not participating in any productive work were not treated as workers unless they also worked in cultivation, industry, trade, profession, business or service.

A public or social service worker actively engaged in public service or furthering the cause of a political party was recorded as a worker. 67

The census questionnaire did not have any question to determine the position about a person being fully or partially employed.

A person doing more than one work was classed under the principal work which consumed a larger portion of his working time, and not according to the work which brought him a major portion of income.

Table B-1 gives figures for workers and non-workers according to sex and broad age groups. Workers have been classified into the following nine industrial categories

(I) as cultivators' (2) as agricultur~ I labo urers; (3) in mining, quarrying, livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting and plantations, orchards and allied activities; (4) at household industry; (5) in manufacturing other than household industry; (6) in construction; (7) in trade and commerce; (8) in transport, storage and com munic3tions; and (9) in other services.

Cultivator is a person who is engaged in cultivation on his own or rented land, i.e., an owner-cultivator or tenant.

Agricultural labourer is a person who works on another person's land for wages in cash, kind or share of produce.

Househo ld Industry is an industry conducted by the head of the household himself and/or mainly mem­ bers of the household at home or within the village in rural areas and only at home in urban areas.

Construct ion refers to construction and maintenance of buildings, roads, railways, bridges, canals, etc.

The other five categories are self-explanatory.

NOII-H'orker is a person who is not at work, as defined above.

Table B-III (Part A) has been prepared only for the urban areas and gives the classification of workers and non-workers by educational levels. Workers have been distributed further into nine industrial categories.

In the 1961-census, the test for literacy was ability to read and write a simple letter. A person who fulfilled this test was taken as literate. In Case he had attained any educational standard, the highest examinatioll passed was recorded in the enumeration slip.

These qualifications have been grouped into six educational levels. The sixth level 'Technical Degree or Diploma equal to Degree or Post-Graduate Degree' is sub-divided into seven groups.

Table B-III (Part B) relates to rural areas, and the educational levels are confined only to (i) Primary or Junior Basic, and (ii) Matriculation and above.

Table B-IV (Part A) shows the distribution of workers engaged in household industry by sex and class of workers. They have been divided further into branches of industry listed in the "Indian Standard Industrial Classification" (Annexure A). Figures have been given for total, rural and urban areas for the District. Tahsil figures are only for rural areas, and up to the industrial Divisions. Major groups which do not have any figures have been excluded from this Table. In columns 5 and 6 the workers, who work as employees in the household industry run by others, have been shown. 'Others' under columns 7 and 8 include workers, who work at their own household industries.

Table B-IV (Part B) shows the distribution of workers engaged in Industrial categories III, V, Vl Vll VIII and IX. Workers have further been divided into various Divisions and Major Groups according 'to th~ "Indian Standard Industrial Classification" (Annexure A). Material is given only for total and urban areas Figures for rural areas have not been given in order to save space. Workers have further been classified int~ employers, employees, single workers and family workers.

An employer is a person who employs other persons in order to perform economic activity in which he is engaged. 68

An employee is a person who works under others for wages or salary in cash or kind. Persons who are employed as Managers, Superintendents, Agents, etc. and in that capacity employ or control other workers on behalf of their employers have also been taken as employees.

Single worker is a person who works of his own accord without employing others and without the help of other members of the family. This includes members of co-operatives also.

Family worker is a person who works in his own family without wages or salary.

Tabb B-IV (Part C) shows the distribution of all Workers, other than cultivators and agricultural lab~urers into various Industrial Divisions, Major Groups and Minor Groups of "Indian Standard Industrial Classification" (Annexure A). The number of workers in each Division, Major Group or Minor Group has been divided further into workers in household industry and workers in non-household industries. Mate­ rial is given only for total and urban areas. Tahsil figures for rural areas are given up to Industrial Divisions. Major and Minor Groups, which do not employ any worker, have not been included in this Table.

Table B.V gives the distribution of persons at work, other than cultivators and agricultural labourers, according to their occupation. Occupations have been divided into various Divisions, Groups and Families according to the "National Classification of Occupations" (Annexure B). Break-up according to Industrial categories has also been shown for each Occupational Division, Group and Family. Total and urban figures have been given for the District. But in the case of Tahsils, rural figures have been given only up to Occu pational Divisions.

Table BeVI presents the distribution of workers, other than those engaged in cultivation. This has been prepared only for urban areas and up to the Divisions of the "National Classification of Occupations" (Annexure B). Persons of each occupational Division have been further classified by broad age groups and educational levels.

Table B- VII has been prepared into two parts. Part-A is a cross tabulation of persons whose principal and secondary work are any two of (i) CUltivation, (ii) agricultural labour, or (iii) household industry. Part-B gives data of the persons who are principally engaged in non-household industry, trade, business, profc:,sion or service but have household industry as secondary work.

This Table has been prepared separately for total rural and urban population for the District. For Tahsils, figures have been given only for Industrial Divisions and'that too for rural areas.

Table B- VIII has been prepared in two parts: Part-A for urban areas, and Part-B for rural areas. They show the distribution of unemployed persons aged 15 and above, by educational levels. The unemployed persons are the total of columns 19 to 22 of Table B-IX.

In Part.\, unemployed persons have been further divided into two groups: (i) seeking employment for the first time; and (ii) persons employed before but now out of employment and seeking work. These groups have been divided into differ0nt age group, also. Part-B gives Tahsilwise information also.

Table B-IX relates to non-workers and gives their distribution into the follo\\ ing eight t) pe~ of activities by broad age groups:-

(i) whole time students doing no other work; (ii) persons engaged in unpaid home duties; (iii) dependents, including children not attending school, and persons permanently disabled from work because of illness or old age; (iv) retired persons, not employed again, rentiers and other persons of independent means without having to work ; (v) beggars, vagrants or independent women without an indication of their source of income; (vi) convicts in jail or inmates of a penal, mental or charitable institutions; (vii) persons seeking employment for the first time; and (viii) persons employed before but now out of employment and seeking wo rk.

Separate figures have been given for total, rural and urban areas for the District and only rllral figures in case of Tahsils. HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC TABLES

Household Economic Tables (B-X to B-XVJl) have been prepared from a 20 per cent sample of household schedules. Tn the census history, information for the household as a whole has been collected for the first time. 69

The Household Schedule consists of two parts. Tn Part-I, after recording the name of the head of the household and whether he belonged to a Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe, the folll)wing particulars were recorded about the household.

A. If the household was engaged in cultivation, the area of land with it under ownership and tenancy, and any portion of holding given out to others for cultivation. Information about area rented out was also recorded for the households who owned land and had given the entire holding to others for cultivation;

B If the household was engaged in household industry, the nature of the industry and the number oC the months in a year it was conducted; and

C. Number of members of the househoid and any hired workers pursuing household cultivation, house­ hold industry, or both these activities.

Part-II was filled in from Individual SIip3 of the persons residing in that household.

Table B-X contains information on sampleci households which have been divided into the following four categories :-

(i) engaged neither in cultivation nor household ind ustry; (ii) engaged in cultivation only; (iii) engaged in household industry only; and (iv) engaged both in cultivation and household industry.

The number of households given in column 3 if multiplied by 5 will not tally with that given in the Primary Census Abstract, because the schedules relating to institutions were not taken into account for drawing the sample.

In Table B-XI the sampled households, engaged in cultivation, have been classified by interest in land and size of land cultivated. This Table has been prepared for rural and urban areas separately. J nterest in land is of the following three types :-

(i) owned or held from Government;

(ii) held from private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share; and

(iii) partly owned or held from Government, and partly from private persons for payment in money, kind or share.

These types of interest in land have been cross tabulated by different sizes of land holdings.

Table BXII classifies the cultivating households by (1) size of land cultivated, and (2) number offamily and hired workers engaged in cultivation. Sex break-up of the family workers has also been given.

Table B-XIII shows the distribution of sampled households engaged both in cultivation and household industry, into different sizes of land holding, separately for rural and urban areas of the District. Household industries have been divided into Major Groups according to "Indian Standard Industrial Classification" (Annexure A). Table B-XIV has been prepared into two parts, separately for total, rural and urban population of tl10 District. In Part-A the households have been distributed by nature of household industry and number of persons engaged into the following five size groups :-

(i) 1 person;

(ii) 2 persons;

(iii) 3 to 5 persons;

(iv) 6 to 10 persons; and

(v) more than 10 persons. This part gives data up to Major Groups, while Part-B gives the distribution up to Minor Groups, Col. 2 gives description of the industry. 70

Table B-XV is similar to Table B-XII, but relates to such households as were engaged simultaneously ill cultivation and household industry.

Table B-XVI attempts distribution of sampled households engaged in household industry. according to period of working and number of persons engaged therein, separately. for total, rural and urban areas of the District. Data in respect of households engaged in household industry only or both in household industry and cultivation has been given separately.

Table B-XVII distributes the households according to the number of their members. F or rural areas the following additional information has been given :-

(i) households cngaged neither in cultivation nor household industry;

(ii) those in household industry only;

(iii) those engaged in cultivation; and

(iv) distribution of cultivating households according to the size of their operational holdings.

C-SERlES : SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES

Eight Tables dealing with social and cultural aspects such as age, marital status, literacy and education, languagc, religion appear under this series. Table C-I has been prepared from a 20 per cent samplc of the house­ hold schedules, while other Tables are prepared on full count from the individual slips.

Table C-I shows the composition of sampled households according to relationship to the head of the family. Size of operational holdings ",ith the households is also shown for rural areas on the same lines as in Table B-XVII.

Table C-II presents data on age and marital status for total, rural and urban population of the District, and for rural population only in the case of Tahsils. Marital status has been divided into: (i) never married; (ii) married; (iii) widowed; and (iv) divorced and separated. J n 1961-census, quinquennial age groups, as recom­ mended by the United Nations for population census, have been adopted.

Age groups 0- 4 and 5--9 have been combined since all the persons upto the age of l) have been treated as 'never married'.

From this Table, it can be ascertained whether proportions, in various marital status conditions have increased or decreased since the last census and whether any trend is observed in the age of marriage. This also gives an account of mortality in each marital status and also in different age groups. Data in col. 9 on married females by age groups can be utilised for forecasting the future births. In 1951-ccnsus this Table was pre­ pared on 10 per cent sample, but this time on a full count.

Table C-IlI has three parts: Part-A for all areas. Part-R for urban arcas; and Part-C for rural areas. Population in various age groups has been classified according tll educational levels. The educational levels for all areas and rural areas are the same whereas for urban areas they have been further divided into valiaus groups since education is more pronounced and diversified in urban areas.

Table C-V shows the distribution of population by mother tongue separately for total, rural and urban population in the District and for rural population in the !?h5ils.

Mother tangue was defined as the language spoken by the person's mother to the person in his childhood or mainly spoken in the house. If the mother died in a child's infancy, the language moqly ,poken in the person's home in childhood was recorded.

A Table on bilingualism has also been prepared in 1961-census. This Table is not included in this volume, and may be found in Part H-C (i) of Punjab Census Report.

Table C-VII shows the distribution of population according to six main religions, for total, rural and urban areas of the District. All other religions have been grouped under "Others". Tahsilwise figures have also been given for rural areas.

Table C~Vlll shows the distribution of Scheduled Castes population according to literacy and nine indus­ trial categories of workers and non-workers, separately for total, rural and urban population in the District. 11

Scheduled Castes and Tribes are listed in the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes List Modification Order (Ministry of Home Affairs Notification No. SROj2477-A, dated the 29th October, 1956). These Castes and Tribes, in Punjab, are:-

1. scheduled Castes: 1. Throughout the State:- (1) Ad Dharmi;(2) Bangali; (3) Barar, Burar or Berar; (4) BatwaI; (5) Bauria or Bawaria; (6) Bazi­ gar; (7) Balmiki, Chura or Bhangi; (8) Bhanjra; (9) Chamar, latia Chamar, Rehgar, Raigar, Ram­ dasi or Ravidasi; (10) Chanal; (11) Dagi; (12) Dhanak; (13) Dumna, Mahasha or Doom' (14) Gagra; (15) GandhiIa or GandhiI, Gondola; (16) Kabirpanthi or lulaha; (17) Khatik: (18) Kori or Koli; (19) Marija or Marecha; (20) Mazhabi; (21) Megh; (22) Nat; (23) Od; (24) Pasi~ (25) Perna; (26) Pherera; (27) Sanhai; (28) Sanhal; (29) Sansi, Bhedkut or Manesh; (30) Sapela: (31) Sarera; (32) Sikligar; and (33) Sirkiband. ' 2. Throughout the State except the Districts of Patiala, Bhatinda, Mahendragarh, Kapurthala and Sangrur:-

(1) Darain; (2) Dhogri, Dhangri or Siggi; and (3) Sansoi. 3. In the Districts of Patiala, Bhatinda, Mahendragarh, KapurthaIa and Sangrur:­

Deha, Dhaya or Dhea. II. Scheduled Tribes: 1 In the District of Lahaul & Spiti only: (1) Bhot or Bodh; (2) Gaddi; and (3) Swangla. D-SERIES : MIGRATION TABLES Six Tables were prepared on this subject. Migration has been inferred from the place of birth, a question asked from each individual during the I96I-census. Two allied questions were whether the birth place was a rural or urban area, and the duration of residence at the place of enumeration if born elsewhere.

In this book only one Table has been included; the other Tables are to be found in Part H-C (ii) of the Punjab Census Report. Table D-ll presents the figures for persons born (1) at place of enumeration, (2) elsewhere in the District, (3) in other Districts of the State, (4) in . o~her Stat~s of India, an~ (5) i.n other countries. Birt~s have been classified into rural and urban areas. ThIS mformatlOn when studIed with the place of enumeratlon sheds an interesting light on the movement of population from villages to towns and vice versa. E-SERIES: HOUSING TABLES Prior to 1961-census, the preparation of houselists differed from State to State since the main idea was to prepare the framework f?r conducting the. census. In the 1?61-census, one uniform pattern for houselist has been adopted. In the househst, data on housmg such as matenal of wall, roof, number of rooms, the uses to which they are put, as well as data relating to establishments such as the names of the establishments and the pro­ ducts produced, number of persons work.ing, and kind of fuel ~nd power used and number of males and females living therein in case it was used as dwellIng, was collected. FIve Tables have been prepared in this series from the data so collected. Tables E-I and E-III have been prepared on full count and the other three Tables on 20 per cent sample out of the dwellings. Table E-llI, which gives the number of workshops and factories in each industry by kind?f fuel and size of employ~ent, has ~ot been ~iven here for want _of space. Instead, a running statement, shOWIng the number of estabhshments In each Industry for each VIllage and town has been given. Industries have been shown according to code numbers of the "Indian Standard Industrial Classification" reproduced at Annexure 'N. Other Ta?les present d~ta fo! the District and its Tahsils for total, rural and ur ban areas, separately, as well as for towns WIth a populatIOn of 50,000 or more. Urban figures of each Tahsil ar e inclusive of town figures, if any shown thereunder. Table E-I shows the distribution of census houses according to the use they are put to. Col. 4 gives the number of "vacant houses" which are found vacant at the time of houselisting. . In the earlier censuses the "census house" was defined as a dwelling with a separate main entrance. In th e 1961-census the concept of "census house" was made broad as to cover any "structure or part of a structure inhabi­ ted or vaca~t, or a dwelling) a shop, a shop-cum-dwelling, or a place of business, workshop, school, etc., with a separate entrance." 72

Table E-ll prepared on 20 per cent sample shows the distribution of census households living in census houses according to their status. Houses lived in by the owners were classed as "owned" and the houses lived in any other capacity were shown as "rented",

Table E-IV has been prepared from a 20 per cent sample and distributes the houses ~ccording to the pre­ domina'lt material going into the construction of walls and the roofs.

Where a house consisted of separate structures, each of different materials, the m1t.;rial out of which the walls of the main bed-rooms had been built, was recorded. The roofs were classified on the sam~ basis. [n case of multi-storeyed buildings, the intermediate floor or floors have been taken as the roofs of the lower floors.

Table E-V has also been prepared on 20 per cent sample, and shows the distribution of -households according to number of rooms occupied by them, such as no regular room, one room, two roorm three rooms, four rooms, and five rooms or more. The number of persons comprising the household, ha\,.; al~o been given .according to the number of rooms they occupied.

SPECIAL TABLES FOR SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES

The Constitution of India has provided special safeguards for the members of the Schedliled Castes and Tribes and the President ofIndia has notified the Castes and Tribes which fall in the list of Scheduled Castes and Tribes for this purpose. This list has been given in the explanatory note to Table C- VI I [ above. Hence it has been found desirable to give information in regard to these Castes and Tribes, separately, though they have .been included in the general population Tables.

Table SCT-I classifies into workers and non-workers the number of each Scheduled elste, giving further details according to nine industrial categories of workers. Since most of the members of the Scheduled Castes are engaged in special types of occupations, such as "tanning and currying of hides and skins" and"scavanging," nu mber of persons following these occupations have also been given under columns 27 to 30.

Table SCT-II presents data for each caste according to age and marital status. The age groups adopted are 0-14, 15-44, and 45+. Table SCT-III has been prepared in two parts, dealing with urban and rural areas, respectively. In this Table members of each caste have been classified according to educational levels.

Table SCT-IV furnishes data for each caste according to religion, separately for rural and urban areas of the District. Members of the Scheduled Castes can only be either Hindus or Sikhs, so their religion-wise break­ IIp is confined to these two religions. Table SCT-V has been prepared on 20 per cent sample from the households, showing their distribution according to interest in land cultivated and size of operational holdings.

Table SC-I classifies the members of the Scheduled Castes who are not at work by the type of activity according to educational levels. Only three activities of non-workers out of the eight adopted for the general popUlation (given in the note for Table B-IX) have been taken and others have been lumped together under 'Others' ,in columns 11 and 12.

Table ST-I presents data for Mother tongue and Bilingualism for Scheduled Tribes. Table Sf-II classifies the members of the Scheduled Tribes who are not at work by the type of activity according to educational levels. Only three activities of non-workers ou t of the eight adopted for the general population (given in the note for Table B-IX) have been taken and others have been 1 umped together under 'Others' in columns 11 and 12. 73

ANN EXVRE . 'A' INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division O-Agriculture, Livestock, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting-

00 Field Produce and Plantation Crops- Production of cereal crops (including Bengal gram) such as rice, wheat, jowar, bajra, maize 000 Production of pulses, such as arhar, moong, masur, urd, khesari, other gram 001 Production of raw jute and kindred fibre crops 002 Production of raw cotton and kindred fibre crops 003 Production of oilseeds, sugar-cane and other cash crops 004 Production of other crops (including vegetables) not covered above 005 Production of fruits and nuts in plantation, vines and orchards 006 Production of wood, bamboo, cane reeds, thatching grass, etc. 007 Production of juice by tapping palms 008 Production of other agricultural produce (including fruits and nuts not covered by code number 006 and flowers) not covered above 009 01 Plantation Crops-

Production of tea in plantation 010 Production of coffee in plantation 011 Production of rubber in plantation 012 Production of tobacco in plantation 013 Production of ganja, cinchona, opium 014 Production of other plantation crops not covered above 015 02 ForestrY and Logging-

Planting, replanting and conservation of forests 020 Felling and cutting of trees and transportation of logs 021 Preparation of timber 022 Production of fuel including charcoal by exploitation of forest 023 Production of fodder by exploitation of forests 024 Production of gums, resins, lac, barks, herbs, wild fruits and leaves by the exploitation of forests 025 Production and gathering of other forest products not covered above 026 03 Fishing- Production of fish by fishing in sea 030 Production of fish by fishing in inland water including the operation of fish farms and fish hatcheries 031 Production of pearls, conch, shells, sponges by gathering or lifting from sea, river, pond 032 04 Livestock and Hunting-

Production and rearing of livestock (large heads only) mainly for milk and animal power such as cow, buffalo, goat 040 Rearing of sheep and production of wool 041 Rearing and production of other animals (mainly for slaughter) such as pig 042 Production of ducks, hens and other small birds, eggs by rearing and poultry farming 043 74

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION-contd. Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division O-Agriculture, Livestock, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting -concld. 04 Livestock and Hunting-concld. Rearing of bees for the production of honey, wax and collection of honey 044 Rearing of silk worms and production of cocoons and raw silk 045 Rearing of other small animals and insects 046 Trapping of animals or games propagation 047 Production of other animal husbandry products such as skin, bone, ivory and teeth 048 Division I-Mining and Quarrying-

10 Mining and Quarrying­ Mining of coal 100 Mining of iron ores 101 Mining of gold and silver ores 102 Mining of manganese 103 Mining of mica 104 Mining of other non-ferrous metallic ores 105 Mining of crude petroleum and natural gas 106 Quarrying of stone (including slate), clay, sand, gravel, limestone 107 Mining of chemical earth such as soda ash 108 Mining and quarrying of non-metallic products not classified above such as precious and semi-precious stones, asbestos, gypsum, sulphur, asphalt 109 Division 2 & 3-Manufacturing- 20 Foodstuffs- Production of rice, atta, flour, etc., by milling, dehusking and processing of crops and foodgrains 200 Production of sugar and syrup from sugar-cane in mills 201 Production of indigenous sugar, gur from sugar-cane or palm juice and production of candy 202 Production of fruit products such as jam, jelly, sauce and canning and preservation of fruits 203 Slaughtering, preservation of meat and fish and canning of fish 204 Production of bread, biscuits, cake and other bakery products 205 Production of butter, ghee, cheese and other dairy products 206 Production of edible fats and oils (other than hydrogenated oil) 207 Production of hydrogenated oils (Vanaspati) 208 Production of other food products such as sweetmeat and condiments, muri, murki, chira, khoi, cocoa, chocolate, toffee, lozenge 209

21 Beverages- Production of distilled spirits, wines, liquor from alcholic malt, fruits and malts in distillery and brewery 210 Production of country liquor 211 Production of indigenous liquor such as toddy, liquor from mahua, palm juice 212 Production of other liquors not covered above 213 Production of aerated and mineral water 214 Production of ice 215 Production of ice cream 216 Processing of tea in factories 217 Processing of coffee in curing works 218 Production of other beverages 219 22 Tobacco Products­ Manufacture of bidi 220 Manufacture of cigars and cheroots 221 Manufacture of cigarette and cigaratte tobacco 222 Manufacture of hookah tobacco 223 Manufacture of snuff 224 Manufacture of jerda and other chewing tobacco 225 Manufacture of other tobacco products 226 15

INDIAN STANDARD lNDUSTRIAL CLASSI.F1CATION---(;ontd. Major J\'1illor Group Description (Code) Group (Code) Division 2 & 3-Manufact12ring·-ccn1d.

23 Textile-Cottol1~

Cotton ginning, cleanjng, pressing and baling Cotton spin[]ing (other than in mills) 230 231 Cotton spinning and weaving in mills 232 Cotton dyeing, bleaching 233 Cotton weaving in powerlooms 234 Cotton weaving in handlooms 235 Manufacturing of khadi textile in handlooms 236 Printing of ~otton textile Manufacturing of cotton nets 231 238 ]\-iauufactuTlng of cotton, cordage. rope and hvine 239 24 Textile-III/e-

lute pressing and baJiI1&: 240 Jute spinning and weaVIng 241 Dyeing and bleaching of jute 242 Printing of jute textile 24J Manufacture of other prDducts }ike rope, cordage from jute and similar fibre such as hemp, mesta 244

25 Te_ttile-Wool-

W()o1 baling and press.ing 250 Wool cleaning and processing (scouring) 251 Wool spinning and weaving in mill 252 W()ol spinning other than in miUs 253 Wool ""eaving in powerloom 254 Wool weaving in handlooffi 255 Embroidery and art work in woollen textile 256 26 Te.yti!e-Silk-

Spinning and weaving of silk textile in mill 260; Dyeing and bleaching of silk 26l Spinning of silk other than in ruiHs 262 Weaving of silk textile by powerloom 263 Weaving of silk textile by handloom 264 Printing of silk textile 265 Manufacture of silk cordage, rope and twine 266 27 Textile-Miscellaneolls-

Manufacture of carpet and aU other similar type of textile products. 270 Manufacture of hosiery and other knitted fabric and garments 271 Embroidery and making of crepe lace and fringes 272 Making of textile garments including raincoats and headgear 273 Manufacture of ~ade up textiie good~ except wearing apparel such as c~ pillow cases, bedding matenals, mattress, text11e bags 274 Manufacture of waterproof textile products such as oil cloth, tarpaulin 275 Manufacture and recover)' of aU types of fibres for purposes of padding, wadding and uphol- stery filling 276 Manufacture of coir and COif products 277 Manufacture of umbrellas 278 Processing and manufacture of textile products not covered above 279 76

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSlFICATI ON-contd.

Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division 2 &3-Manufacturing-contd. 28 Manufacture of Wood and Wooden Products-

Sawing and planing of wood 280 Manufacture of wooden furniture and fixtures 281 Manufacture of structural wooden goods (including treated timber) such as beams, l1osts, doors, windows 282 Manufacture of wooden industrial goods other than transport equipment such as bohbin and similar equipment and fixture 283 Manufacture of other wooden products such as utensils, toys artwarcs 284 Manufacture of veneer and plywood 285 Manufacture of plywood products such as tea chest 286 Manufacture of boxes and packing cases other than plywood 287 Manufacture of materials from cork, bamboo, cane, leaves and other allied product'> 288 Manufacture of other wood and allied products not covered above 289 29 Paper alld Paper Products-

Manufacture of pulp from wood, rags, wastepaper and other fibres and the collVer,ion of such pulp into any kind of paper and paper board in mill 290 Manufacture of pulp from wood, rags, wastepaper and other flbres and the conversion or such pulp into any kind of paper and paper board handmade 291 Manufacture of products, such as paper bags, boxes, cards, envelopes and moulded pulp goods from paper, paper board and pulp 292 30 Printillg alld Publishing--

Printing and publishing of newspapers and periodicals 300 Printing and publishing of books 301 All other types of printing including lithography, engraving, etching, block-makin;_; and other work connected with printing industry 302 All types of binding, stitching, sizing and others allied work connected with binding industry 303 31 Leather aild Leather Products-

Currying, tanning and finishing of hides and skins and preparation of IInished leather 310 Manufacture of shoes and other leather footwear 311 Manufacture of clothing and wearing apparel (except footwear) made of leather and rur 312 Manufacture of leather products (except those covered by code No. 311, 312), slich as leather upholstery, suitcases, pocket books, cigarette and key cases, pUf,e'" sdddlery, whip and other articles 313 Repair of shoes and other leather footwear 314 Repair of all other leather products except footwear 315

32 Rubber, Petroleum and Coal Products-

Manufacture of tyres and tubes 320 Manufacture of rubber footwear 321 Manufacture of rubber goods used for industrial purpose 322 Manufacture of all kinds of other rubber products from natural or synthetic rubber including rubber raincoat 323 Production of petroleum, kerosene and other petroleum products in petroleum relineries 324 Production of coaltar and coke in coke oven 325 Manufacture of other coal and co altar products 110t covered elsewhere 326

33 Chemicals and Chemical Products-

Manufacture of basic industrial chemicals such as acids, alkalis and their salts not elsewhere specified 330 Manufacture of dyes, paints, colours and varnishes 331 77

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFIC ATION-contd. Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division 2 & 3-Manufacturing-contd. 33 Chemicals and Chemical Products-concld. Manufacture of fertilizers 332 Manufacture of ammunition, explosives and fire works 333 Manufacture of matches 334 Manufacture of medicines, pharmaceutical preparations, perfumes, cosmetics and other toilet preparations except soap 335 Manufacture of soap and other washing and cleaning compounds 336 Manufact~re of turpentine, synthetic, resin, and plastic products and material (including synthetic rubber) 337 Manufacture of common salt 338 Manufacture of other chemicals and chemical products not covered above (including inedible oils and fats) 339 34-35 Non-metallic Mineral Products other than Petroleum and Coal- Manufacture of structural clay products such as bricks, tiles 340 Manufacture of cement and cement products 341 Manufacture of lime 342 Manufacture of structural stone goods, stone dressing and stone crushing 343 Manufacture of stonewares other than images 344 Manufacture of stone images 345 Manufacture of plaster of paris and its products 346 Manufacture of asbestos products 347 Manufacture of mica products 348 Manufacture of earthenware and earthen pottery 350 Manufacture of chinaware and crockery 351 Manufacture of porcelain and its products 352 Manufacture of glass bangles and beads 353 Manufacture of glass apparatus 354 Manufacture of earthen image, busts and statues 355 Manufacture of earthen toys and artwares except those covered by code No. 355 356 Manufacture of glass and glass products except optical and photographic lenses and glass products covered above 357 Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products not elsewhere specified 359 36 Basic Metals and their Producls except Machinery and Transport Equipment­ Manufacture of iron and steel including smelting, refining, rolling, conversion into basic forms such as billets, blooms, tubes, rods 360 Manufacture including smelting, refining of non-ferrous metals and alloys in basic forms 361 Manufacture of armaments 362 Manufacture of structural steel products such as joist, rail, sheet, plate 363 Manufacture of iron and steel furniture 364 Manufacture of brass and bell metal products 365 Manufacture of aluminium products 366 Manufacture of metal products (other than of iron brass, bell metal and aluminium) such as tin can 367 Enamelling, galvanising, plating (including electroplating), polishing and welding of metal products 368 Manufacture of sundry hardwares such as GJ. pipe, wire net, belt, screw, bucket, cutlery (this will also include the manufacture of sundry ferrous engineering products done by jobbing engineering COncerns which cannot be classified in Major Groups 36,37, 38 and 39) 369

37 Machinery (All kinds other than Transport) and Electrical Equipment- Manufacture and assembling of machinery (other than electrical) except textile machinery 370 Manufacture and assembling ofprime mover and boilers, other than electrical equipment, such as diesel engines, road rollers, tractors 371 Manufacture of machine tools 372 78

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION- contd. Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division 2 & 3-Manu(act.uring-collcld. 31 Machinery (411 kjnds other than Transport) and Electrical Equipment~concld. Manufacture of textile machinery and accessories 373 Manufacture of heavy electrical machinery and equipment such as motors, generators, transformers 374 Manufacture of electric lamps and fans 375 Manufacture of insulated wires and cables 376 Manufacture of all kinds of battery 377 Manufacture of electronic equipment such as radio microphone 378 Manufacture of electric machinery and apparatus, appliances not specified abo'ic 379 38 Transport Equipment- Manufacture, assembly and repairing of locomotives 380 Manufacture of wagons, coaches, tramways and other rail road equipment other than that covered by code No. 363 381 Manufacture and assembling of motor vehicles of all types (excepting motor engines) 382 Manufacture of motor vehicles engines parts and accessories 383 Repairing and servicing of motor vehicles 384 Manufacture of bicycles and tricycles and accessories such as saddle, seat frame, ge ar 385 Building and repairing of water transport eq uipment such as ships, boats and manu fact ure of marine engines 386 Manufacture and repair of air transport equipment including aeroplanes, aeroengines 387 Repairing of bicycles and tricycles 388 Manufacture of other transport equipment not covered above such as animal drawn and hand drawn vehicles 389 39 Miscellaneous MallujaclUring Industries- Manufacture of optical instruments and lenses, ophthalmic goods and photographic equipment and supplies 390 Manufacture of scientific, medical and surgical instruments and equipment and supplies 391 Assembling and repairing of watches and clocks 392 Manufacture of jewellery, silverware and wares using gold and other precious metals 393 Manufacture and tuning of musical instruments 394 Manufacture of stationery articles not covered elsewhere such as pencil, penholder, fountain-pen 395 Manufacture of sports goods 396 Manufacture and repair work of goods not assignable to any other group 399

Division 4-Con~truction- 40 Construction- Construction and maiEtenance of buildings including erection, flooring, decorative construc- tions, electrical and sanitary installations 4()() Construction and maintenance of roads, railways, bridges, tunnels 401 Construction and maintenance of telegraph and telephone lines 402 Construction and maintenance of waterways and water reservoirs such as bund, embankments, dam, canal, tank, tubewells, wells 403

Division 5-Electricity, Gas, 'Vater and Sanitary Services- 50 Electricity and Gas- Generation and transmission of electric energy S()() Distribution of electric energy 501 Manufacture of gas in gas works and distribution to domestic and industrial consumers 502 51 Water Supply and Sanitary Services- Collection, purification and distribution of water to domestic and industrial consumers 510 Garbage and sewage disposal, operation of drainage system and all other types of work connected with public health and sanitation 511 79

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION-conld.

Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code)

Division 6-Trade and Commerce-

60-63 Wholesale Trade-

Wholesale trading in cereals and pulses 600 Wholesale trading in vegetables, fruits, sugar, spices, oil, fish, dairy products, eggs, poultry and other foodstuff (not covered elsewhere) 601 Wholesale trading in all kinds of fabrics, and textiles products such as garments, hessian, gunny bag, silk and woollen yarn, shirtings, suitings, hosiery products 602 Wholesale trading in beverages, such as tea (leaf), coffee (seed and powder), aerated water 603 Wholesale trading in intoxicants such as wines, liquors 604 Wholesale trading in other intoxicants such as opium, ganja, etc. 605 Wholesale trading in tobacco, bidi, cigarettes and other tobacco products 606 Wholesale trading in animals 607 Wholesale trading in straw and fodder 608 Who~esalc trading in medicines and chemicals 610 Wholesale trading in fuel and lighting products such as coke, coal, kerosene, candle 611 Wholesale trading in toilets, perfumery and cosmetics 612 Wholesale trading in metal, porcelain and glass utensils, crokery, chinaware 613 Wholesale trading in wooden, steel and other metallic furniture and fittings 614 Wholesale trading in footwear 615 Wholesale trading in tyres, tubes and allied rubber products 616 Wholesale trading in petrol, mobil oil and allied products 617 Wholesale trading in other household equipment not covered above 618 Wholesale trading in bricks, tiles and other building materials 620 Wholesale trading in wood, bamboo, cane, thatches and similar products 621 Wholesale trading in paper and other stationery goods 630 Wholesale trading in agricultural and industrial machinery eq uipment and tools and appliances other til an electrical 631 Wholesale trading in electrical machinery and equipment like motor, battery, electric fan, bulb 632 Wholesale trading in all kinds of transport and storage equipment 633 Wholesale trading in skins, leather and fur 634 Wholesale trading in clocks, eye glasses, frames 635 Wholesale trading in hardware and sanitary equipment 636 Wholesale trading in scientific, medical and surgical instruments 637 Wholesale trading in precious metals and stones, gold and silverwares and jewellery 638 Wholesale trading in all goods not covered above 639

64-68 Retail Trade-

Retail trading in cereals, pulses, vegetables, fruits, sugar, spices, oil, fish, dairy products, eggs, poultry 640 Retail trading in beverages such as tea (leaf), coffee (seed and powder), aerated water 641 Retail trading in intoxicants such as wines, liquors 642 Retail trading in other intoxicants such as opium, ganja, etc. 643 Retail trading in tobacco, bidi, cigarettes and other tobacco products 644 Retail trading in fuel such as coke, coal, firewood and kerosene 645 Retail trading in foodstuffs like sweetmeat, condiments, cakes, biscuits, etc. 646 Retail trading in animals 647 Retail trading in straw and fodder 648 80

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION-contd. Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code)

Division 6-Trade and Commerce-coneld. 64-68 Retail Trade-coneld.

Retail trading in fIbres, yarns dhotis, saree, ready made garments of cotton, wool, silk and other textiles and hosiery products (this includes retail trading in piece goods of cotton wool, silk and other textiles) 650 Retail trading in toilet goods, perfumes and cosmetics 651 Retail trading in medicines and chemicals 652 Retail trading in footwear, headgear such as hat, umbrella, shoes and chappals 653 Retail trading in tyres, tubes and allied rubber products 654 Retail trading in petrol, mobil oil and allied products 655 Retail trading in wooden, steel and other metallic furniture and fittings 660 Retail trading in stationery goods and paper 661 Retail trading in metal, porcelain and glass utensils 662 Retail trading in earthenware and earthen toys 663 Retail trading in other household equipment not covered above 664 Retail trading in bricks, tiles and other building materials 670 Retail trading in hardware and sanitary equipment 671 Retail trading in wood, bamboo, cane, bark and thatches 672 Retail trading in other building materials (J73 Retail trading in agricultural and industrial machinery equipment, tools and appliances (lSO Retail trading in transport and storage equipments 681 Retail trading in electrical goods like electric fan, bulb, etc. 682 Retail trading in skins, leather and furs and their products exeluding footwear and headgear 683 Retail trading in clock and watch, eye glass, fn:Ine 684 Retail trading in scientific, medical and surgical instruments 685 Retail trading in precious stones and jewellery 686 Retail trading in musical instruments, gramophone record, pictures and paintings including curio dealing 687 Book-selling 688 Retail trading in goods unspecified 689 69 Trade and Commerce Miscellaneous-

Importing and exporting of goods and commodities 690 Real estate and properties 691 Stocks, shares and futures 692 Providents and insurances 693 Money lending (indigenous) 694 Banking and similar type of financial operation M5 Auctioneering 696 Distribution of motion pictures 697 All other activities connected with trade and commerce not covered above, including hiring out of durable goods sLlch as electric fans microphone, rickshaw, etc. 699 Division 7-Transport, Storage and Communication- 70 Transport- Transporting by railways 700 Transporting by tramway and bus service 70 I Transporting by motor vehicles (other than omnibus) 402 Transporting by road through other means of transport such as hackney carriage, bullock cart, ekka 703 Animal transporting by animals such as horses, elephant, mule, camel 704 Transporting by man such as carrying of luggage, hand cart driving, rickshaw pulling, cycle rickshaw driving 705 Transporting by boat, steamer, ferry, etc. by river, canal 706 Transporting by boat, steamer, ship, cargo boat by sea or ocean 707 Transporting by air 708 Transporting by other means not covered above 709 81

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION-contd. Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division 7-Transport, Storage and CommuUlcation-concld. 71 Services incidental to transport such as packing, carting travel agency 710 72 Storage and Warehousillg--

Operation of storage such as warehouses 720 Operation of storage such as cold storage 721 Operation of storage of other type 722

73 COnlnulllicatiol1-

Postal, telegraphic, wireless and signal communications 730 Telephone communication 731 Information and broadcasting 732 Division 8-Scnices-

~O Public Services (This does not include Government, QLlasi-Government or local body activities, other than administrative, in such fields as transport, communication, information and broadcasting, education and scientific services, health, industries, production, construction, marketing and operation of financial imtitution each of which is classified in the appropriate industry groups)- Public services in Union and State army including territorial corps and volunteer corps 800 Public service in Navy 80 I Public service in Air Force 802 Public service in Police 803 Public service in administrative departments and offices of Central Government 804 Public service in administrative departments and offices of Quasi-Government organisation, municipalities, local boards, etc. 805 Public service in administrative departments and offices of State Government 809

81 Educational and Scientific Scrvices-

Educational services such as those rendered by technical colleges, technical schools and similar technical and vocational institutions 810 Educational services such as those rendered by colleges, schools and similar other institut- ions of non-technical type 811 Scientific services and research institution not capable of classification under any individual group 812

82 Medical and Health Services-

Public health and medical services rendered by organisations and individuals such as by hospitals, sanatoria, nursing homes, maternity and child welfare clinic as also by hakimi, un ani, ayurvedic, allopathic and homeopathic practitoners ~20 Veterinary services rendered by organisations and individuals 821

83 Religious and Welfare Services-

Religious services rendered by religious organisations and their establishments maintained for worship or promotion of religious activities tthis includes missions, ashrams, and other allied organisations) 830 Religious and allied services rendered by pandit, priest, preceptor, fakir, monk 831 Welfare services rendered by organisations operating on a non-profit basis for the promotion of welfare of the community such as relief societies, red cross organisation for the collection and allocation of contributions for charity 832 84 Legal Services- Legal services rendered by barrister, advocate, solicitor, mukteer, pleader, mukurie, munshi 840 Matrimonial services rendered by organisations and individuals 841 82

INDIAN STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION-concld.

Major Minor Group Description Group (Code) (Code) Division 8-Services-concld. 85 Business Services-

Engineering services rendered by professional organisations or individuals 850 Business services rendered by organisations of accountants, auditors, book-keepers or like individuals 851 Business services rendered by professional organisations or individuals such as those of advertising and publicity agencies 852 Business services rendered by professional organisations or individuals such as of those rendered by news-agency, newspaper correspondent, columnist, journalists, editors, authors 853 86 Community Services and Trade alld '.,abour Associations-

Services rendered by trade associations, chambers of commerce, trade unions and similar other organisations 860 Services rendered by civic, social, cultural, political and fraternal organisations such as rate payers association, club, library 861 Community services such as those rendered by public libraries, museums, botanical and zoological gardens, etc. 862

87 Recreation Services-

Production of motion picture and allied services such as processing editing, etc. 870 Recreation services rendered by cinema houses by exhibition of motion pictures 871 Recreation services rendered by organisations and individuals such as those of theatres, opera companies, ballet and dancing parties, musicians, exhibitions, circus, carnivals 872 Recreation services rendered by indoor and outdoor sports by organisations and indivi­ duals including horse, motor, etc., racing 873 88 Personal Serl'ices-

Services rendered to households such as those by domestic servants, cooks 88(} Services rendered to households such as those by governess, tutor, private secretary 881 Services rendered by hotels, boarding houses, eating houses, cafes, restaurants and similar other organisations to provide lodging and boarding facilities 882 Laundry services rendered by organisations and individuals, (this includes all types of clean- ing, dyeing, bleaching, dry cleaning, services) 883 Hair dressing, other services rendered by organisations and individuals such as those by barber, hair dressing saloon and beauty shops 884 Services rendered by portrait and commercial photographic studios 885 89 Services (nol elsewhere class;fied)-

Services rendered by organisations or individuals not elsewhere classified 890 Division 9-Activities not adequately described-

90 Activities unspecified and not adequately described including activities of such individuals who fail to provide sufficient information about their industrial affiliation to enable them to be classified 900 83

ANNEXURE 'B' NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS occupational Occupational Group Description Family (Code) (Code) Division O-Professional, Technical and Related Workers- 00 Architects, Engineers and Surveyors- Architects 000 Civil Engineers (including overseers) 001 Mechanical Engineers 002 Electrical Engineers 003 Chemical Engineers 004 Metallurgical Engineers 005 Mining Engineers 006 Surveyors 007 Architects, Engineers and Surveyors, n.e.c. 009 01 Chemists, Physicists, Geologists and other Physical Scientists­

Chemists except Pharmaceutical Chemists 010 Pharmaceutical Chemists all Physicists 012 Meteorologists 013 Geologists and Geophysists 014 Mathematicians 015 Chemists, Physicists, Geologists and other Physical Scientists, n.e.c. 019 02 Biologists, Veterinarians, Agronomists and Related Scientists-

Biologists and Animal Scientists 02(J Veterinarians 021 Silviculturists 022 Agronomists and Agricultural Scientists 023 Biologists, Veterinarians, Agronomists and Related Scientists, n.e.c. 029 03 Physicians, Surgeons and Dentists- Physicians and Surgeons, Allopathic 030 Physicians, Ayurvedic Physicians, Homeopathic 031' Physicians, Others 032 Physiologists 033 Dentists 034 Physicians, Surgeons and Dentists, n.e.c. 035 039 04 Nurses, Pharmacists and other Medical and Health Technicians- Nurses 040 Midwives and Health Visitors 041 Nursing Attendants and Related Workers 042 Pharmacists and Pharmaceutical Technicians 043 Vaccinators 044 Physiotherapists, Masseurs and Related Technicians 045 Sanitation Technicians 046 Opticians 047 Medical and Health Technicians, n.e.c. (excluding Laboratory Assistants, see 091) 049·· 05 Teachers- Teachers, University 050 Teachers, Secondary Schools 051 84

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-contd. Occupational Occupational Group Description Family (Codel (Code) Uivjsion O-Professional, Technical lind Related Workers-concId. 05 Tt'Gchers-concld. Teachers, Middle and Primary Schools 052 Teachers, Nursery and Kindergarten Schools 053 Teachers, n.e.c. 059 06 JurisfS- Judges and Magistrates 060 Legal Practitioners and Advisers 06] Law Assistants 062 Jurists and Legal Technicians, n.c.c. (including Petition Writers) C69

07 S(}cial Scientists and Related l1"o,./;e"s-

Economi~ts 070 Account;:!nls and Audjtor~ 071 Statisticians and Actuaries 072 Geographers 073 Psych ologl sts 074 Personnel Specialists 075 Labour and Social Welfare Workers 076 Sociologists and Anthropologists 077 Historians, Archeologists, Political Scientists and Related Workers 078 Social Scientists and Related Workers, u.e.c. 079

08 Artists, Writers Gnd Related Workers-

Authors 080 Editors, JouTJ1aJists and Related Workers 081 Translators, Interpreters and Language Specialists 082 Painters, Decorators and Commercial Artists 083 Sculptors and Modellers 084 Actors and Related Workers 085 Musicians and Related Workers 086 Dancers and Related Workers 087 Artists, Writers and Related Workers, n.e.c. 089 09 Draughtsrnell, and Sciellce alld Engineering Techllicians, lI.e.c. Draughtsmen 090 Laboratory Assistants 09t Science and Engineering Technicians, a.e.c. 099

OX Other Professional, Tecf1l1ical alld Related Workel's­

Ordained Religious Workers oxo Non-ordained Religious Workers OXl Astrologers, Palmists and Related Workers OX2 Librarians, Archivists and Related Workers OX3 Other Professional, Technical and Related Workers, n.e.c. OX9

Division i-Administrative, Executive and Managerial Workers-

10 Administrators and Executive OffiCials, Government­

Administrators and Executive Officials, Central Government 100 Administrators and Executive Officials, State Government 101 Administrators and Executive Officials, Local Bodies 102 Administrators and Executive Officials, Quasi-Government 103 Village Officials 104 Administrators and Executive Officials, Government, n.e.c. 109 85

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPA nONS-contd. occupational Occupational Group Description Family (Code) (Code) Division 1 -Administrative. Executive and Managerical Workers-concld. 11 Directors and Managers, Wholesale and Retail Trade- Directors and Managers, Wholesale Trade 110 Directors and Managers, Retail Trade 111 12 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Financial lnstitutions- Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Banks 120 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Insurance 121 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Financial Institutions, n.e.c. 129 13 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Others-

Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Mining, Quarrying and Well Drilling 130 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Construction 131 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Electricity, Gas, Water and Sanitary 132 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Manufacturing 133 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Transport, and Communication 134 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Recreation, Entertainment and Catering Services 135 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, Other Services 136 Directors, Managers and Working Proprietors, n.e.c. 139 Division 2-Clerical and Related Workers- 20 Book-keepers and Cashiers- Book-keepers, Book-keeping and Accounts Clerks 200 Cashiers 201 Ticket Sellers, Ticket Inspectors including Ushers and Ticket Collectors (excluding those on moving transport) 202 21 Stenographers and T)pists- Stenographers 210 Typists 211 22 Office Machine Operators- Computing Clerks and Calculating Machine Operators 220 Punch Card Machine Operators 221 Office Machine Operators, n.e.c. 229 28 Clerical Workers, Miscellaneous- General and other Ministerial Assistants and Clerks 28(} Miscellaneous OlTIice workers, including Record-keepers, Muharrers, Despatchers, Packers and Binders of Office papers 289 29 Unskilled Office Workers- Office Attendants, Ushers, Hall-porters, etc., n.e.c. 290 Division 3-Sales Workers- 30 Working Proprietors, Wholesale and Retail Trade­ Working Proprietors, Wholesale Trade 300 Working Proprietors, Retail Trade 301 86

NATIONAL CLASSIFICi\TION OF OCCUPATIONS-contd.

Occupational occupational Group Description Family (Code) (Code) Division 3-Sales Workers-concld. 31 Insurance and Real Estate Salesmen, Salesmen of Securities and Sen'ices, and Auctiol1('ers-

Agents and Salesmen, Insurance 310 Agents, Brokers and Salesmen, Real Estate 311 Brokers and Agents, Securities and Shares 312 Auctioneers 313 Valuers and Appraisers 314 Insurance and Real Estate Salesmen, Salesmen of Securities and Services, and Auctioneers, n.e.c. 319 32 Commercial Travellers and Manufacturers' Agents­ Commercial Travellers 320 Manufacturers', Agents 321 Commercial Travellers and Manufacturers' Agents, n.e.c. 329

33 Salesmen, SlIop Assistants alld Related Workers- Salesmen and Shop Assistants, Wholesale and Retail Trade 330 Hawkers, Pedlars and Street Vendors 331 Salesmen, Shop Assistants and Related Workers, n.e.c. 339 34 Money-lenders and Pawn-brokers­ Money-lenders (including Indigenous Bankers) 340 Pawn-brokers 341 DiYision 4-Farmers, Fishermen, Hunters, Loggers and Related Workers-

40 Farmers and Farm Managers­ Cultivators (Owners) 400 Cultivators (Tenants) 401 Farm Managers, Inspectors and Overseers 402 Planters and Plantation Managers 403 Farmers and Farm Managers, Animals, Birds and Insects Rearing 404 Farmers and Farm Managers, n.e.c. 409

41 Farm Workers- Farm Machinery Operators 410 Farm Workers, Animals, Birds and Insects Rearing 411 Gardeners (Malis) 412 Tappers (Palm, Rubber trees, etc.) 413 Agricultural labourers 414 Plantation labourers 415 Farm Workers, n.e.c. 419

42 Hunters and Related Workers-

Hunters 420 Trappers 421 Hunters and Related Workers, n.e.c. 429 43 Fishermen and Related Workers- Fishermen, Deep Sea 430 Fishermen, Inland and Coastal Waters 431 Conch and shell gatherers, Sponge and Pearl Divers 432 Fishermen and Related Workers, n.e.c. 439 87

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-coutd Occupational Occupational Group Description Family (Code) (Code) Division 4-Farmers, Fishermen, Hunters' Loggers and Related Workers--~oncld. 44 Loggers and other Forestry Workers- Forest Rangers and Related Workers 440 Harvesters and Gatherers of Forest Products including lac (except logs) 441 Log Fellers and Wood Cutters 442 Charcoal Burners and Forest Product Processers 443 Loggers and Other Forestry Workers, n.e.c. 449 Division 5-Miners, Quarrymen and Related Workers- 50 Miners and Quarrymen- Miners 500 Quarrymen 501 Drillers, Mines and Quarries 502 Shot Firers 503 Miners and Quarrymen, n.e.c. 509 51 Well Drillers and Related Workers-

Well Drillers, Petroleum and Gas 510 Well Drillers, other than Petroleum and Gas 511 52 Mineral Treaters-

Mineral Treaters 20 59 Miners, Quarrymen and Related Workers, n.e.c.-

Miners, Quarrymen and Related Workers, n.e.c. 590 Division 6-Workers in Transport and Communication Occupations- 60 Deck Officers, Engineer Officers and Pilots, Ship-

Deck Officers and Pilots, Ship 600 Ship Engineers 601 61 Deck and Engine-room Ratings (Ship), Barge Crews and Boatmen­

Deck Ratings (Ship), Barge Crews and Boatmen 610 Engine-room Ratings, Firemen and Oilers, Ship 611 62 Aircraft Pilots, Navigators alld Flight Engineers­

Aircraft Pilots 620 Flight Engineers 621 Flight Navigators 622 63 Drivers and Firemen, Railway Engine-

Drivers 630 Firemen 631 64 Drivers, Road Transport-

Tramcar Drivers 640 Motor Vehicle and Motor Cycle Drivers 641 Cycle Rickshaw Drivers and Rickshaw Pullers 642 Animal Drawn Vehicle Drivers 643 Drivers, Road Transport, n.e.c. (including Palki and Doli Bearers) 649 88

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-contd. Occupation]l Occupational Group Description Family (Code) (Code) Division 6 -Workers in Transport and Communication Occupations-concld. 65 Conductors, Guards and Brakesmen, Railway-

Conductors 650 Guards 651 Brakesmen 652 66 Inspectors, Supervisors, Traffic Controllers and Despatchers, Trallsport­

Inspectors, Supervisors and Station Masters 660 Traffic Controllers 661 Signalmen and Pointsmen 662 67 Telephone, Telegraph and Related Telecolllillunication Operators­

Telephone Operators 670 Telegraphists and Signallers 671 Radio Communication and Wireless Operators 672 Tele-printers Operators 673 Telephone, Telegraph and Related Tele communication operators, ll.e.C. 679

68 Postmen and II.1essengers-

Postmen 680 Messengers (including Dak Peons) 681 69 Workers in Transport and Communication Occupations, n.e.c.-

Ticket Sellers, Ticket Inspectors including Ushers and Ticket Collectors on moving transp()rt 690 Conductors, Road Transport 691 Workers in Transport Occupations, n.e.c. 692 Inspectors, Traffic Controllers and Despatchers, Communications 693 Workers in Communication Occupations, ll.C.C. 694 Division 7-S-Craftsmen, Production Process Workers, and Labourers, n.e.c- 70 Spinners, Weavers, Knitters, Dyers and Related Workers- Fibre Preparers, Ginners, Cleaners, Scourers, etc. 700 Blow-room Workers and Carders 701 Spinners, Piecers and Winders 702 Warpers and Sizers 703 Drawers and Weavers 704 Pattern Card Preparers 705 Bleachers, Dyers and Finishers (excluding Printers) 706 Knitters and Lace Makers 707 Carpet Makers and Finishers 708 Spinners, Weavers, Knitters, Dyers and Related Workers, n.e.c. 709 71 Tailors, Cutters, Furriers and Related Workers­

Tailors, Dress Makers and Garment Makers 710 Hat and Headgear Makers 711 Furriers 712 Upholsterers and Related Workers 713 Pattern Makers, Makers and Cutters, Textile Products, Leather Garments and Gloves 714 Sewers, Embroiderers and Darners, Textile and Fur Products 715 Tailors, Cutters, Furriers and Related Workers, n.e.c. 719 72 Leather Cutters, Lasters and Sewers (except Gloves and Garments) and Related Workers-

Shoe Makers and Shoe Repairers 720 89

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-conld. Oceu pati onal Occupational Group Description Fam~ly (Code) (Code) Division 7-8- Craftsmen, Production Process Workers, and Labourers, D.c.c.-eonld. 72 Leather Cutters, Lasters and Sewers (except Gloves and Garments) and Related Workers-coneld. Cutters, Lasters, Sewers, Footwear and Related Workers 721 Harness and Saddle Makers 722 Leather Cutters, Lasters and Sewers (except Gloves and Garments) and Related Workers, n.e,c. 729 73 Furnacemen, Rollers, Drawers, Moulders and Related jl1etal Making and Treating Workers-

Furnacemen, Metal 730 Annealers, Temperers and Related Heat Treaters 731 Rolling Mill Operators, Metal 732 Blacksmiths, Hammersmiths and Forgemen 733 Moulders and Coremakers 734 Metal Drawers and Extruders 735 Furnacemen, Rollers, Drawers, Moulders and Related Metal Making and Treating Workers, n.e.c. 739 74 Precision Instrument Makers, Watch Makers, Jewellers and Relafed Workers--

Precision Instrument Makers, Watch and Clock Makers and Repairmen 740 Jewellers, Goldsmiths and Silversmiths 741 Jewellery Engravers 742 75 Tool- l1takers, Machinists, Plumbers, Welders, Platers and Related Workers-

Fitter-machinists, Tool-makers and Machine Tool Setters 750 Machine Tool Operators 751 Fitter-assemblers and Machine Erectors (except Electrical and Precision Instrument Fitter· 2ssemblers) 752 Mechanics-repairmen (except Electrical and Precision Instrument Repairm:m) 753 Sheet Metal Workers 754 Plumbers and Pipe Fitters 755 Welders and Flame Cutters 756 Metal Plate and Structural Metal Workers 757 Electro-platers, Dip Platers and Related Workers 758 Tool-makers, Machinists, Plumbers, Welders, Platers and Relatd W')rk0rs, il.e,;;. (inJal- ing Metal-engravers other than Printing) 759 76 Electricians and Related Electrical and Electronics Workers-

Electricians, Electrical Repairmen and Related Electrical Workers 760 Electrical and Electronics Fitters 761 Mechanics-repairmen, Radio and Television 762 Installers and Repairmen, Telephone and Telegraph 763 Linemen and Cable Jointers 764 Electricians and Related Electrical and Electronics Workers, n,e.c. 769 77 Carpenters, Joiners, Cabinet Makers, Coopers and Related Workers­

Carpenters, Joiners, Pattern Makers (Wood) 770 Shipwrights and Body Builders (Wood) 771 Sawyers and Wood Working Machinists 772 Coach and Body Builders 773 Cart Builders and Wheel Wrights 774 Cabinet Makers 775 Carpenters, Joiners, Cabinet Makers, Coopers and Related Workers, n.e.c. 779 78 Painters and Paper Hangers­ 780 Painters and Paper Hangers 90

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-contd.

Occupational Occupational Group Description Familv (Code) (Code) Divisiou 7-8-Craftsmen, Production Process Workers, and Labourers, n.e.c.-contd. 79 Bricklayers, Plasterers alld Construction Workers, l1.e.c.-

Stone Cutters, Stone Carvers and Stone Dressers 790 Bricklayers, Plasterers, Masons 791 Glaziers 792 Cement Finishers and Terrazzo and Mosaic Workers 793 Hut Builders and Thatchers 794 Well Diggers 795 Bricklayers, Plasterers and Construction Workers, n.e.c. 799 80 Compositors, Printers, Engral'ers, Book-binders alld Related Workers­ Type-setting Machine Operators 800 Compositors 801 Proof-readers and Copy Holders 802 Printers (Paper) 803 Printers (Textile) 804 Photo-litho Operators, Photo-lithographers 805 Engravers, Etchers and Block Makers (Printing) 806 Stereotypers 807 Book-binders 808 Compositors, Printers, Engravers, Book-binders and Related Workers, n.e.c. 809 81 Potters, Kifnmen, Glass and Clay Formers and Related Workers-

Furnacemen, Kilnmen and Ovenmen 810 Potters and Related Clay Formers 811 Blowers and Benders, Glass 812 Moulders and Pressers, Glass 813 Grinders, Cutters, Decorators and Finishers 814 Pulverisors and Mixers, Cement, Clay and other Ceramics 815 Potters, Kilnmen, Glass and Clay Formers and Related Workers, n.e.c 819 82 Millers, Bakers, Brewmasters alld Related Food and Bel'erage Workers-

Millers, Pounders, Huskers and Parchers, Grains and Related Food Workers 820 Crushers and Pressers, Oil Seeds 821 Dairy Workers (Non-farm) 822 Khandsari, Sugar and Gur Makers 823 Bakers, Confectioners, Candy and Sweetmeat Makers 824 Makers of Aerated Water and Brewers 825 Food Canners, Preservers and Related Workers 826 Butchers 827 Coffee nnd Tea Blenders and Related Workers 828 Millers, Bakers, Brewmasters and Related Food and Beverage Workers, n.e.c. 829 83 Chemical and Related Process Workers-

Batch and Continuous Still Operators 830 Cookers, Roasters and other Heat Treaters, Chemical and Related Processes 831 Crushers, Millers and Calenderers, Chemical and Related Processes 832 Paper Pulp Preparers 833 Paper Makers 834 Chemical and Related Process Workers, fl.e.C. 839 84 Tobacco Preparers and Products Makers-

Curers, Graders and Blenders, Tob"cco 840 Cigarette Machine Operators 841 Cheroot, Cigar and Bidi Makers 842 Snuff and Zarda Makers 843 Tobacco Preparers and Product Makers, n.e.c. 849 91

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-contd.

Occupational Occupational Group Description Family (Code) (Code) Division 7-8-Craftsmen, Production Pro cess Workers, and Labourers, n .e,c.-coneld. 85 Craftsmen and Production Process Workers, n.e.c.-

Basketry Weavers and Related Workers 850 Tyre Builders, Vulcanisers and Related Rubber Products Makers 85t Plastic Products Makers 852 Tanners, Fellmongers, Pelt Dressers and Related Workers 853 Photographic Dark Room Workers 854 Makers of Musical Instruments and Related Workers 855 Paper Products Makers 856 Craftsmen and Production Process Workers, n,e.c. 859 86 Testers, Packers, Sorters and Related Workers-

Checkers, Testers, Sorters, Weighers and Counters 860 Packers, Labellers and Related Workers 861 87 Stationary Engine and ExcGl'ating and Lifting Equipment Operators and Related Workers­ Operators Stationary Engines and Related Equipment 810 Boilermen and Firemen 871 Crane and Hoist Operators 872 Riggers and Cable Splicers 873 Operators of Earth-moving and Other Construction Machinery, n.e.c. 814 MaterialS-handling Equipment Operators 815 Oilers and Greasers, Stationary Engines, Motor Vehicles and Related Equipment 876 Stationary Engine and Excavating an d Lifting Equipment Operators and Related Workers, n.e,c. X79 89 Labourers, l1.e,c,-

Loaders and Unloaders 890 Labourers, n,e.c. 899 Division 9-Service, Sport and Recreation Workers-

90 Fire Fighters, Policemen, Guards and Related Workers-

Fire Fighters and Related Workers 900 Police Constables, Investigators and Related Workers 901 Customs Examiners, Patrollers and Related Workers 902 Watchmen and Chowkidars 903 Fire Fighters, Policemen, Guards and Related Workers, n.e.c, 909 91 House Keepers, Cooks, Maids alld Related Workers-

House Keepers, Matrons, Stewards (Domestic and Institutional) 910 Cooks, Cook-bearers (Domestic and Institutional) 91( Butlers, Bearers, Waiters, Maids and other Servants (Domestic) 912 Ayas, Nurse-maids 913 House Keepers, Cooks, Maids and Related Workers, n.e.c. 919 92 Waiters, Bartenders and Related Workers-

Waiters, Bartenders and Related Workers (Institutional) 920 93 Building Care Takers, Cleaners and Related Workers­

Building Care Takers 930 Cleaners, Sweepers and Watermen 93l 92

NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS-concld. Occu pati onal Occupational Group Description Family ,Code) (Cout:) Division 9-Service, Sports and Recreation Workers-~oncld. 94 Barbers, Hair dressers, Beauticians and Related Workers- Barbers, Hair dressers, Beauticians and Related Workers 940 95 Launderers, Dry cleaners and Pressers- Laundrymen, Washermen and Dhobies 950 Dry cleaners and Pressers 951 96 Athletes, Sportsmen and Related Workers­ Athletes, Sportsmen and Related Workers 960 97 Photographers and Related Camera Operators- Movie Camera Operators 970 Other Photographers 979 99 Service, Sport and Recreation Workers, n.e.c.- Embalmers and Undertakers 990 Service, Sport and Recreation Workers, n.e.c. 999 Division X-Workers not Classifiable by Occupation s- XO Workers without Occupations- Workers without O;;cupations, Matriculates and above XOO Workers without Occupations, Literate.'; X08 Workers without Occupations, Others X09 X8 Workers reporting Occupations u'lidentifi:llyle or unclass ifiable-

Workers reporting Occupations unidentifiable or unclassifiable X80

X9 Workers not reporting Occupations-

Workers not reporting Occupations X90 93

TABLE A-I AREA, HOUSES AND POPULATION

Oi I tdct/Tah Iii Total Area ]n Population Number of Number of Number of Population Rural per Villages Towns Occupied -- -- -­ Urban sq. miles sq. km.* sq. mile Residential Persons Males Females rn- Unin- Houses habited habited

2 3(a) 3 (b) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Lahaul & Spiti District T 3,700.8 9,585.1 6 20 3,573 20,453 11,519 8,934 R 3,700.8 9,585.1 6 20 3,573 20,453 11,519 8.934 U Lahaul Tahsil T N.A. N.A. 14 2,380 15,177 8.692 6,485 R N.A. N.A. 14 2,380 15,177 8,692 6,485 U Spiti Tahsil T N.A. N.A. 6 1,193 5,276 2,827 2,449 R N.A. N.A. 6 1,193 5,276 2,827 2,449 U

* Note.-O) The area figures relating to sq. km. afO: adjusted to make the Tahsil/ District totals tally. (ii) N.A. means not available.

APPENDIX I TO TABLE A-I

Statement showing the 1951 terr;torial units constituting the present set up of District and Tahsils

District/Tahsil Name Area Remarks

2 3 4

Lahaul & Spiti District Newly constituted with 20 villages of Kulu 3,700.8 Details of transfer are given in Tahsil ofKangra District Annexure at No.1

Lahaul Tahsil Newly constituted with 14 villages of Kulu N.A. Details of transfer are given in Tahsil ofKangra District Annexure at No.2

Spiti Tahsil Newly constituted with 6 villages ofKulu N.A. Details of transfer are given in Tahsil of Kangra District Annexure at No.3 94

ANNEXURE TO APPENDIX 1 TO TABLE A-I

Item Name of Village Serial No. Hadbast 4.. rea No. of1951- No. (Acres) censu s

3 , 2 4

Lahanl & Spiti District

1. Jalma 13 1 I,OB2 2. Jobrang 20 2 289 3. Shashan 19 3 635 4. Ranika 18 4 500 5. Warpa 9 5 619 6. Tandi 24 6 492 7. Kolang 6 8 886 8. Barbog 35 9 361 9. Karding 34 10 239 10. Gushal 17 11 516 11. Gundhla 21 12 799 12. Sissu 37 13 440 13. Khoksar 45 14 251 14. Gumrang N.A. N.A. N.A. 15. Sham 29 17 412 16. Chhoji 3 18 408 17. Peen 71 19 840 18. Totpa N.A. N.A. N.A. 19. Birji N.A. N.A. N.A. 20. Gue N.A. N.A. N.A. 2 1. Jalma 13 1 1,082 2. Jobrang 20 2 289 3. Shashan 19 3 635 4. Ranika 18 4 500 5. Warpa 9 5 619 6. Tandi 24 6 492 7. Kolang 6 8 886 8. Barbog 35 9 361 9. Karding 34 10 239 10. Gushal 17 11 516 11. Gundhla 21 12 799 12. Sissu 37 13 440 13. Khoksar 45 14 251 14. Gumrang N.A. N.A. N.A. 3 1. Sham 29 17 412 2. Chhoji 3 18 408 3. Peen 71 19 840 4. Totpa N.A. N.A. N.A 5. Birji N.A. N.A. N.A. 6. Gue N.A. N.A. N.A. Note.- N.A: means not avaIlable. 95

APPENDIX lJ To TABLE A-I Number of villages with population of 5,000 and above and Towns with Population under 5,000

Villages with Fopulation of 5,000 and above Tov.ns with " Population of under 5000 D istrict/Ta h si I Number Popul ation Percentage Number Population Percci tagc of Villages to Total of Town, to Total Drean Rural Population Population of the District of the District

2 3 4 5 6 7 L'lhaul &Spiti District Lahaul Tahsil Spiti Tahsil

APPENDI X III To TABLE A-I Houseless and Institutional Population

District /Tahsil Total Houseless Population Institutional Population Rural Urban Persons Males Females Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lahllul &Spiti District T 93 46 47 331 304 27 R 93 46 47 331 304 27 U Lahaul Tahsil T 14 13 I 4 97 27 R 14 13 124 97 27 U

~piti Tahsil T 79 33 46 207 207 R 79 33 46 207 207 U 96

TABLE A-II VARIATION IN POPULATION DURING SIXTY YEARS: 1901-1961 Year Persons Decade Percentage Males Females Variation Decade Variation 2 3 4 5 6 Lahaul & Spid District 1901 10,444 5,198 5,246 1911 ]0,903 ' 459 [- 4.39 5,427 5,476 1921 10,660 -243 -2.23 5,290 5.370 1931 11,481 ! 821 /-7.70 5,724 5,757 1941 11 986 .505 14.40 6,210 5,776 1951 12728 .742 H;.19 6,558 6,170

1961 20,453 j 7,725 +60.69 11,519 8,9:4 97

TABLE A-III VILLAGES CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION

District jTahsil Total Total Rural Population I-Villages with pppulation No. of

inha------­ , ------~.------bited p M F Less than 200 200-499 500-999 villages ----_ Population Population Population ._----_ No. M F No. M F NQ. M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

LahauJ & Spiti District 2() 20,453 11,519 8,934 5 1,0,97 821 8 3,301 3,276 Lahaul Tahsil 14 15,177 8,692 6,485 4 836 807 5 2,023 2,119 Spiti Tahsil 6 5,276 2,827 2,449 261 14 3 1,278 1,157

TABLE A-III-coneid. VILLAGES CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION II -Villages with Population In-Villages with than, 2,000 2,000-9,999 Population 10,000 and Above ---_.------_ District/Tahsil 1,000-1,999 2,000-4,999 5,000-9,999 10,000 and Above

..--~ Population Population Population Population No. ------No. ~------No. No. M F M F M F M P 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Labau. & Spiti District 5 3,219 3,017 2 3,902 1,820 Lahaul Tahsil 3 1,931 1,739 2 3,902 1,820 Spiti Tahsil 2 1,288 1,278 98

TABLE WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS CLASSIFIED

WORKERS

I II III Age Total Total As As In Mining, Quarrying, Group Population Workers Cultivator Agricultura I Livestock, Forestry, Labourer Fishing, Hunting & Plantations, Orchards & Allied Activities

P -~--__'--- ~-- M F M F M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 to II 12 Lahaul & Spiti Total 20,453 11,519 8~34 8196 6157 4,103 5,178 1~~ 272 53 3 0-14 6,152 3,172 2,980 342 580 248 465 6 16 2 15-34 7,924 4,843 3,081 45{i4 2,990 1,733 2,523 115 127 38 35.-59 5,039 2,859 2,180 2,770 2,099 1,690 1,787 65 105 12 60 : 1,337 644 693 519 488 432 403 13 24 A.N.S.

Lahaul & Spiti Total 20,453 11,519 8,934 8,196 6,157 4,103 5,178 199 272 53 3 0-14 6,152 3,172 2,980 342 580 248 465 6 16 2 15- 4 7,924 4,843 3,081 4,564 2,990 1,733 2,523 115 127 38

35-59 5,039 2,859 2,180 2,770 2,099 1,690 1,787 65 105 12 60-.1- 1,337 644 693 519 488 432 4U3 13 24 A.N.S. Note.-L There is no urban area in this District. 2. A.N.S. means age not stated. 99

B-1 BY SEX AND BROAD AGE GROUPS

WORKERS Non-

---~ -~---- - .. -----.-._ - -~---..------_-- ---_-----_- -_-- -_--_ Worker~ IV V VI VII VIII IX X At In In In In In Household Manufacturing Construction Trade and Transport, Other Industry other than Commerce Storage and Services Household Communications Industry ------M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 District-Total 78 138 22 6 2,743 519 85 3 99 1 814 37 3,323 2,777 II 43 2 68 46 4 7 2,830 2,400 36 43 10 3 1,958 272 45 62 567 21 279 91 17 18 8 666 175 38 2 33 241 9 89 81 14 34 3 50 26 3 2 125 205

District-Rural 78 138 22 6 2,743 519 85 3 99 1 814 37 3,323 2,777 11 43 2 68 46 1 4 7 2,830 2,400 36 43 10 3 1,958 272 45 1 62 567 21 279 91 17 18 8 666 175 38 2 33 241 9 89 81 14 34 3 50 26 1 3 2 125 205 100

TABL.E B-rn INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS

WORKERS

--- ~~-.-- I 11 III Educational Level; Total Population As A5 In Minin£, Quar- Cultivator Agricultural Tying, Livestock, Labourer Forestry, Fishing, Hunting & Planta- tions, Orchards & A !lied Activities

-~.----- p M F M F M F 1\1 F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Labaul & Spiti

Total 20,453 11,519 8.934 4,103 5,178 199 272 53 3

JIIiterate 16,874 8,271 8,602 3,054 5,117 196 271 24 3 Literate (without educational level) 2,271 2,002 269 666 42 J 14 Primary or Junior Basic 1,021 961 60 357 1') 12 Matriculation and abov2 287 284 3 26 3

Lahaul Total 15,177 8,692 6,485 2,743 3,674 28 41 49 1 Illiterate 12,235 6,05'! 6,177 1,858 3,619 26 41 22 Literate (without educationJ I level) 1,781 1,536 245 5)S 36 2 J2 Prima1Y or Junior Basic 926 866 60 352 19 12

Matriculation and above 235 232 3 25 3 Spili

Total 5,276 2,827 2,449 1,360 1,504 171 231 4 2 llIiterate 4,639 2,214 2,425 1,196 1,498 170 230 :2 2 Literate (without educational level) 490 466 24 158 6 2 Primary or Junior Basic 95 95 5 Matriculation and above 52 52 101

PART B BY EDUCATIONAL LEVELS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY

WORKERS Non- '-~~"---'--'------._--_._ --.----~-- Workers IV V VI VI! VII[ IX X At In In In In In Household Manufacturing Construction Trade and Transport, Other Industry other than Commerce Storage and Services Household Communications Industry

M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 District 78 138 22 6 2,743 519 85 3 99 814 37 3,323 2,717 53 123 15 5 2,285 503 28 3 68 223 27 2,326 2,549

15 5 2 291 16 34 12 192 773 2)t 10 10 5 93 21 16 227 8 220 23 74 2 3 172 2 4 Tahsil 69 137 20 6 2,733 519 81 3 9S 1 385 29 2,484 2,074 45 122 13 5 2,285 503 26 3 (,8 79 19 1,636 1,863

14 5 2 286 16 32 8 44 628 [87 10 10 5 93 21 16 141 8 216 23 74 2 3 121 2 4 Tahsil 9 1 2 5 4 4 429 8 839 703 8 2 2 144 8 690 686

5 2 4 148 145 . 17 86 4 5[ 102

TABLE B-IV PART A INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION, BY SEX AND CLASS OF WORKER, OF PERSONS AT WORK AT HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY Branch of Industry Total Total Employee Other Rural Division and Major Group Males Females Males Females Males Females ofI.S.I.C. 2 3 4 5 " 7 8 Labaul & Spiti D istr iet

All Divisions T 78 138 12 7 66 131 R 78 138 12 7 66 131 Division 0 T 5 2 4 1 2 R 5 2 4 1 2 Major Group 04 T 5 2 4 1 2 R 5 2 4 I 2 Division 2&3 T 73 136 8 7 65 129 R 73 136 8 7 65 129

Major Group 23 T 1 3 3 R 1 3 3 25 T 35 116 6 7 29 109 R 35 116 6 7 29 109 27 T 16 15 15 15 R 16 15 15 15 28 T 4 1 3 R 4 1 3 34-35 T 1 1 R 1 1

36 T 15 2 15 2 R 15 2 15 2 39 T 1 R 1 Lahaul Tahsil

All Divisions R 69 137 12 7 57 130 Division 0 R 5 2 4 1 2 2&3 R 64 135 8 7 56 128 Spiti Tahsil

All Divisions R 9 1 'J 1 Division 2 &3 R 9 9

Notes.-(i) Lines with nil entries have been omitted. (ii) There is no urban area in Lahaul & Spiti District. 103

TABLE B-IV PART B INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION, BY SEX AND CLASS OF WORKER, OF PERSONS AT WORK IN NON-HOUSEHOLD IND USTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR SERVICE

Branch of Industry Total Total Employer Employee Single Worker Family Worker

_------_ ---~~------~ ------.-_--_-_ ------_._-- Division and Major Group Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Male, Femlles of I.S.I.c, 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Labanl & Spiti District All Divisions T 3,816 569 24 3,568 537 169 32 55 Division 0 T 53 3 36 8 3 9 Major Group 02 T 26 26 04 T 27 3 10 8 3 9 Division 2 &3 T 22 6 1 7 5 11 1 3 Major Group 20 T 3 3 23 T 2 25 T 2 3 2 3 27 T 7 3 4 2 2 28 T 3 3 31 T 36 T 4 3 Division 4 T 2,743 519 2 2,728 514 13 5 Major Group 40 T 2,743 519 2 2,728 514 13 5 Division 5 T 45 45 Major Group 51 T 45 45 Division 6 T 85 3 7 18 1 25 2 35 Major Group 60-63 T 32 2 9 20 64-68 T 53 3 5 9 24 2 15 Division 7 T 99 1 5 32 S9 1 3 Major Group 70-71 T 82 5 15 59 3 .. 73 T 17 17

Division 8 T 769 37 9 702 17 53 20 5 Major Group 80 T 575 575

81 T 73 oS 70 5 3 82 T 48 4 3 45 4 83 T 6 4 2 85 T 1 g(l T 87 T 2 3 2 3 88 T 21 10 6 6 6 8 4 89 T 42 13 38 13 4

Note .- Lines with nil entries have been omitted. 104

TABLE B-IV PART B-concid. INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION, BY SEX AND CLASS OF WORKER, OF PElF;ON', AT WORK IN NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS, PROFESSION OR Sl<=RVICE

Branch ofJndustry Total Total Employer Employee Single Work~r Family Worker ------"---~-"------_------~---- Division and Major Group Males Females Males Females Males Females '-'{ales remalc~ Males Females of I.S I.C. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ') Il) II 12 Labaol Tahsil-Rural All Divisions 3,368 559 24 3,136 535 153 24 55

Division 0 49 34 G 9 2 &3 20 6 7 5 9

4 2,738 519 2 2,724 514 12 5 5 42 42

(j 81 3 7 IS 21 2 35

7 95 5 28 59 3 8 343 29 9 283 15 46 14 5 Spiti Tahsil-Rural

All Divisions 448 10 432 2 16 ~ Division 0 4 2 2 2 2 2&3 2 2 4 5 4 5 3 3

6 4 4 7 4 4 8 426 8 419 2 7 6 105

'n

off') oN')

N ~~~~~~~OONM~N_ 'NN .~- .~MN- :~~ '~M~~~~~N_O_M~~~ .... ;;tflN..-l N.....-r M .t!;tf.!~~~I)OM ,.,., ~N N M' f"rr: N

....o

:NN

.-~ .I..f\ '~NN '\Ol"'"'( 'l()~'¢' ...... 11")"1 ...... ·M 'C"l _ ...... -t • ~_

'M ..... 0"1 ·\ON~NOON_~ ·M • ...... 00'\ ~ ...... "'-!

:"OO\Of""--o\Nt't) ... ,II';("fjMMN .['.N,...... N("'~ '('f"}("\j ootliN,...., MN C\ oM t'\J ...... ·N :N~~ ...... ~~ ...... ~~~~~~~~ ...... ~ ...... ~~~N t') Nl'iN" ..... r-

c: '"o '".... . ~ I

...o c:

~ 0.0. 0.0. I ::3::l ;::I ::s 00 00 v ...... '0 00 00 ...... Z 00 '2.9 :::E:::E 106

9 a IU== ~ ;J'" 0 00 ::r:><,e.:. 7- Zr- 0'" 0en z8 Z;Z; ~ ..... >-< [;I;l ~ ""e.:. N '"~ "'"0 aPo: - rn ~ ~ ~ 0 p:: o C ,....;

.,'" (;i 8 I:: «) o:l >r.. .0 .,CJl 5 (;i ~ I '" \J I", I~ I E ,0!D. 'iii 0 '"0 >-- 'iii ::E

o.CIo 0.0. 0.0.0.0.0. 0. §-o. ::;1;:1 ::;1:::1 ;:)::1;::3::1;:::1 ;:::I ..0;:1 s 00 ooo~o 0... =00 ~~ Q=0'" 0 ~~oocS Cl ...... -Wi ~ 1-4 ... ·i t) ~ 00 ....•S! ;=0 0 ."'"'c::13~~~!S ....,c::.- . g 1:'''''__ c;;t."", !:::I ....,.=..s ... Q .- <':t._ «1._ eQ o);~ ~~ * ~::E ::E::E::E::E::E ~ TABLE B-IV PART C-concld. INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION, BY SEX AND DIVISIONS, OF PERSONS AT WORK OTHER THAN CULTIVATION

'rOTAL WORKI'RS AT HOl:.,r­ \VORKERS J)'.; Nm:­ Branch of Industry WORKERS HOLD INDUSTRY HOUSEHOLD INDUS fRY. LTC.

Division of LS.I.C. ------~--- Persons Males Females Male, Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lahaul Tahsil-Rural:

All Division> 4,133 3,437 696 69 137 3,368 559 Division 0 57 54 3 5 2 49 2 & 3 125 84 141 64 131 20 6 4 3,257 2,738 519 2,738 519 5 42 42 42 6 84 81 3 01 3 7 96 95 9S

8 372 343 29 343 29 Spiti Tahsil- Rural

All Divisions 468 457 11 9 1 448 10 Division 0 6 4 2 4 2 2 & 3 12 11 9 2 4 5 5 :, 5 3 3 3 6 4 4 4 7 4 4 4 8 434 426 426 8

i\,ote:-':""'I.ine-s with nil entries have been omitted.

APPENDIX TO TABLEB-IV PART C Minor Groups havingles; than 1 p~r cenfofWorkers of the respective Division (Jess than 0.5 per cent in case of Minor Uroups o! Division 2 & 3) have beenshownin thisAppendix. Thefollowing abbreviations have been used :-

HI-Household Industry; NHI-Non- Ho usehold Industry; M-Males; and F-Females.

Lahaul & Spiti District

236 : Total NHl(MI) ;272 NHI; (FI); 281; Total NHI 804: Total NHI (M8); 821; Total NHI (M3); 831: Total (MI); 311: TotaINHI(MI); 350: TotalHI(MI);393: Total NHI (M6); 851: Total NHI (MI); 862: Total NHI HI(MI);400: Total NHI(M13,F5); 403: Total NHI (M5); (MI, FI); 872: Total NHI (M2, F3);884: Total NHI (M2). 108

"oi :; ,;: c c.. '<:)'" S 'c =.. ~'" i:.e. o E- t)!I .;::c ~ .~ ~ -e '~I = '0 ~ = '-' e. ~ .=, g OJ ., ~ ...~:; l{",Ir) '" ~ ~~('.j'-..c .§ ..c \.D ;Z:'=01:J-.. ~O'-=- tn .... 'l!1 ~cJ ~ ;]

! :: ') ,".... d} IJ.o

;]~' ~<:c ;;-.

·N.....

C, ::I..o c.:: 109

c· 0 '';: ~ t'" ... ~~"" " ,; .. U! ~ .... '" ~~ .; " .. ~ '" w u ""'-~CQ i .",c ~ = .. ,,~ ~ '~ '" 01 .. l\Ilo; '= ~ ,r er:; 0'" c .S .. Q.,c.; '" 5 ~... llIl'E <'" ,:::3 at""'"...... 0 .", c ... '" .~ 01 l' MM ~~"l<'"> C <'" Oet).. 01 '" !:Q., is'" '; .. ~,5 ..'" OJ) .;: .... . ~ ... .. 01 .,<: = .. .~ 's,= ~ .. .. 0: 0 .c ~'" '" ~~ .. .. flU= .. ... '2 .c ~ .. 's, OIl .... 0\ .-; 'i'"7 '" -¥\CMrr) Ifl.-;'i' ...... '" [' V) (",1 ~ co -H'llr) ~QO_ r-lv) lOon Ul'-M'i' ';::II:IN'i' ~~('jo\ r--. ('~.~ .... ~eg~;;; .~! IflMN a: ...... ~V 0000 ~a' !~ r-~ 0 CD 01 -g 0 .,... ~~ .... =j'-IflMN cut"-- ("f')"¢ Jl ,] ... !l ] .. ill ale ~ .::: 0 ';:a ~ ~=O .~ ,!::f;!;l t 0 0 c ~::E~ '" i!:: ~ 0 0 ~ '~ ...... ;:J [f'l Ci CQ [f'l'" ~ '" 0 0 .:rl Eo< D "'"

Ifl 0\ O'IOj .... -2$ g->-<~ '""-,_,~ 00 --x ~";=>~ '0 .... ~]>~ I"l~>_ ::r3~~ ~]>~ ~3>X 1"1 ~>~ No=>.-1 t'l"O)ooooj ,_ ..."" 0 0 I"l~>"" 1"10 0 I"lo '""' ~> Eo< cEo< Eo< Eo< Eo< Eo< Eo< Eo< .... Eo< Eo< Eo< .9 ICI .a ... ~ 0 'r::'" ~ ., ~ ., ~ os:'&1 ·s =""0 '5 0"" '5 ""0 's i '"""0 's 01 is ...... 01 .. 01 ... ~ ~ ~ ~ ...... is "" "" ----- "" " ... OIl E s: FJ ...'" 0 .Q 'a e: -£.. -l [-< CJI oS :a= ;; .a .. IJ == .,~ U '-' ,; '0'" .: ..'" ""..= oS 0 '" .. ..'" .= .. r!i .... u -; .. .; ...... [f'l ...... 0 :!i .. c '" 0 .. :a :a ...... ~ oj .. .n ~ .... ,_, 0 ~(',..~ "l<'\ i ·M ~ lOon i:'lflon oS: ::E"" .. at ~ Q.. or;'" 1l '" ;;: .. .. '0'" a .. .", -; 01,"" -< ;Q\~"'"'"1 I'-r--. .0 ~~.--i <= ::: III 2 !l jO .~ ~ ""~ at l\Il [J)= ~ en C ;;; c; .. 'u'" .. ""0 !J !J '" !; "CJ .. ~ ::t:~ g [f'l =... .. -= .. ." ~ = 8 c ",,'" 'c [f'l "" c ~ .-:: -< .. ::: . ;:J ~ ... "'::: '" ~ = t~,...... ; ",11:1\0 00 ..... ,....; [f'l "''"'~ .:!J ,a Q.,"" '" -3'""- ... ..c .. '"... :g ... Jl '"" .8 .. ... '(ij - ~'" .c .c'" !:i u '" ''; ,5 OJ at !l ~ c ~ ...... 1'~ '" OJ '" : Q:; .: '" ... .,'" ...... '" ·c'" 0'" .. '" ~ ,... [f'l Q., -=i:l.. a ., ::E< [-< '" ~[f'l < Q'" Z Z .."=

,....-x: 0'1 Ill-X Q-X ..... -x 11:1 OJ x: ['OJ x: O\-x: ..,O<~ ""-~ ~sP ;gs>p "'- .... ~ ",. -x oS .... lI').!~ "'-x: o ~sCi o~ ...... 0 0 a~ ;gJ3> .... 0 J3 .... 00 ~~~ ~~f-f °o~ °o~ b~~ o,_' 00 .... 0 0 Eo< Eo< ~ Eo< Eo< ~ Eo< ~ Eo< Eo< [-< ~ Eo< Eo< Q. ~Eo< !:. ::I ~ Q, .a co. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ::l c c ""0 ""0 8 's a 0 's 's 0 's '5 's c 's = 's OJ OJ OJ 01 ""0 .. r" ...... c;,:) ~ '" ~ '" ...'" .. 10.'" ...'" "" "" "" "" "" "" ~ " ]10

I~ !~ I'- c.i .; ci :& .,; ~ ~ .,; ,;; ...... :... g rJi .. ~ 'J:> I] .. ;::: i;5 co v 09"" 0'" 1;2; ;; ~co .- §' .; ..l !,. , .. r.; ,; 'C '".. I'" oS "i: II: 0" :: ; c:t '" ~ ,_", .. -te ..'" ,;; r:i "t) V) § E::: !~ C e... ~ -t;'" v 0'" .S! a 0 10- 'c; 'to ~ 0 ~ ""c .. () '" .§ '".. ~ ~ '" ~ c; ~ :>"("'IXo"7' ,..... "-4 Q t'" -=c ~ ~ ..'" ~ ~ co ...... ~r.-l r-: ~N["" ";: r-- Jr, , :i.§~n.q- -~ '" 0§<'1 I,Q"'N~QQ::;-' '" "'=~~ ~ r"', ,~. '" ' r' ~ ~.=~ ...... -e CIOt-MQ t~ r',I"l C""lr, j", [/) ';; I" \Q ,;; ;. ~ .. - I-< 8 ::I '" '"~ '" '" M M ~ " -;; i~ 1='" e c ,0'" ;; 1'0 ""., o§'"' :E e '8...... , f-o !::s .. u ~ a"! .. :; a ~ f-o'" .2 c: .,,...... ~ -= :t:: ~~t"'I:! '" ....- .EN{,,"·I 0!i1"'<'1 CIO"'OC~OCO ;zoo;r ~lnNr"'"'l "'ICI.C Ul.("-Nr-~ = I" -= ...... :.:: t- S"i» "'"Oi;:>- ;:::]2:>~ Ie ~c:;- ~]= $sS ~ SI""4 ;>::.:: s ..... ~-~ 1':' ~ 'e e> -.0'0> ~';:>- Q (''C- r-e o UJ ol.l. I !>Ii f-o -.o~> ~ > ,... ,.., ,... '0' I:: .S= Z ._':;'''0 c: .b ""' ""' ~ ;., =>. ... ""' ... ~ ,~ .::. s:1 0 ,~ ttl Q o!:; = g [/'J ,lu 's i !il'" i C i 's .. 01 .. 0 .. !II ,. c Q ..., ~ rf 0 .. ~ ~ .. ~'" Q ~ --_------:>~ ~ . <1 ;-. e::' ~ M ~ 0 ';:: j..C; :~ ... ~ 'r1: ..'" CCl ""i! !;'" r::: ~ ! ..: v, tI.l .. < i e; co -4 ~ " c ='" C ~ " oj , ::: rh®CC t£1'"4-t <0\0\ ::t:1't)"'V;t- $""_--1" I.O-CT~ rr .... ,_ I::: ~~=:-.-. ~--;'" N- i-'- '" .. .. -if: ~~~ clQ III ...... - ~ ,0 MOO -S S E -< c.."'""., '" OJ ll!:0: ..c "( IE X ;]~~;..:: -to .... Q;:>- f""l'Q> --iM"II~ ~;c=C~ ~:s~ ~iE2.: -- .... Q> .... 0';:>- ~~s: .... Q> e ~c ~c c .... gil-< f-o ... fo< fo< ~ fo< f-o f- ...... ,_'Z; "dI': )i =fo< ~ .,t. .t- c ~ co. ,~ «I =>. =- :£ 0:1. J:> !U =0 Os :~ = Os Os 0 Q 0= 's ·s = 0 = 0:: .. C'l ; ;. ... C'l .. ... &'! r.; 10- r.; Q r.:t "'" t.. ... ~ ~'" 111

'" ." ." ...'" £.. "E til .., 00: t~ ..." ...... '" ~, f £, c;; .. '"' 0 .:.: ~ ... ~ .. '" ...'" ~ 0 0 .".., .. .. ~ ...... " .:.: u ~ ~ ... .2'" ... :: C'l 8': ; C'l c.i U ." .", ... "; .. c.; c: .., en .; 1: c:>.e ~ ~ eo ~ .;= OJ '::; Oil .:.:1'" .... '" :r " ",' ; ::: Gl.. = c ... eo; '"0 >. ~ .. 1.l CJ ...... '" 0 ~ ~ .. c.; w 0 c ~ .. ~ ...1 ;; u 0 c -.; ~ 0 c :;: ~ :@ ::: "'" CI) ~ 0 :: ...... J, ,;; "'"C'l = .... '" ...... "r:: ._ .. . N~ '" .;::: Oil ::'" <;; C'l .E tnOr') 01 ~.:.: e t; 0 I:' ... ~ ~ U 0 0 '" ... ~ !3 ...'" ...... U 2 C'l 01""- U ...... :=u '" ~. .. u,. ~ .... i5: § ~~ =.., ::fa JS,.....~~ '" -"141 ~~otr)oor- g"'OO_N (U btl'" oc ~ ~.. ..'" ''1() or> ~ \C IF) !.5 ••§!, 011 .. ~ICC .; ...... : .. s,0 .. = ::olMt'l ~MN' ... "' .. ~~ 0 ~~ :s ...... g .. 2 .... .S "0 ..c i$Q:; e- .. ... S~ C'l ~~ g:t C'l ·c '0 i Q.... i§ o-l ~ .... E-< ~ U ~ ~ Q.. :;t til

S:S~>~ <"l -» ->0:1 ...... -» (:::]2:;>~ 01-> .... -> N -» r- ~Oj>5~ .,.. 0 ..... r- ..s .... tt ..... I!! .e ."""'1 ;e~> ~i> oo..s .... 00 S .... 00 ~> 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~~ 0 0 0 o > E-" E-< ...... ,.., E-< E-< E-< E-< E-< E-< E-< E-< ~ p,. ~ J:I. ~ J:I. 1:10 .a !:I. t:l, 1:1 g Ii i <:> 0 <:> 0 ·S <:> <:> <:> <:> e .." .. ...'" ..." 0:1 ...... '" ...'" "... ~ t..? C l? t..? ~ .... t..? I..? t..? C ~~--~.--- " ; til .~ .. '0 ..t c 0 .:::... d...... 0:1 ~ "CIs:: 0 00 til 0:1 i' 1:1 CI Q 0 :r;; .S "f01 ; OJ 0:1 ;c "CI (J .. I: .~ Q:; ~ ..." t>I) 011 .. til ej ... ., 8 0 til E ~ .. 0 til .; .Sl ~ u c: ir:: '0 til 0.- ... C ~'" .!:: 01 c til til I: ..... ~. .f:! 4l ~ = ... t r:: " "0:1 .. . .... "1:1 " .!:: ~ "0 .! .. ~ r:: "C .;; 0 til 0:1 S C .; 0:1 C 01 ..... e 'ai '" ~ ... ~ ., Q:;l{)tn 0{) ;c\O.". ... ejl()lr) t:~""Cl'II() .1() tn I() &t---,....,V)"""'"[ I()V_ ~.".'. ~ 0 "0 ::: .. ,_~ ... 0 .~ "CI 0:1 .. ~ .. ~ 011 0", rrJ rrJ ;II "0 ~ ." '" ~ " .:.: " 0 .. ; It') V', I()tn !C"'V .... !$I{)tn ;;1;;; .S "' ... 0 I{) ~1(l0{) =OC~'I.O~ i.iS~~ i§"" 'T ·'CN .". ..'" - ;~~ WjQ 0\""'" "E:g'l"l- ~~ .--! ~M- '" \0 .. 'C ~ ...... til .;; Q~ £ 0 "c ~ ~X - ..... X :g :go:l_ \Q2~1-o! :;! ~ .... ""0 0 ..... ;~~ ;~~ e;>=~ ~3~ (2~~ <:> ,.., .... :E 3S r~ E-< E-< E-< E-< E-< cE-< ;;.. ~ E-< E-< > ~;;.. ~;; ~> 0 ~~- ,., .... ;., .;;; ,.., ,.., .. ~ r::>. .a ~ ~ == ::: :S ':;' g g !i 1:1 e i 0 i e ·s i i 0 iI 01 ... 01 eo is .. ~ ...... 1:5 ..... r:s ..... ~ &! " * " 112 If I~ i ·0I'" 1~ ..,_

CI~ 10 I~ I~ 1

I~ Ita .8 ,

,I~

>til .

z .....o

5..... t:= rn ~ ...:l U

~ ta Z o I~ ..... <.l I ol ~ cl .~ i~~oo~ u ~\CV) u _g:I o <'I ,_j 113

..'" ~IO";-N ~ 'd ~ ell z ~QC\oN ....0 'C f-I ; .... e~ f-I ~ ..;l .... ;J u Z

r.l ::r::" f-I 0 ~ ~ 0 ~ O- .... ~ ..... X "'-;::X IO;;;~X Il'?";l»~ ~]~ rJ'I==>;;>~==~ .z:!> .... Ni~X ~~~ S ...... r--...... )oooo.( "-j '!l\:S~O -d f-I C .... ,~O'..., ...... ;;..;;: .... C 0 .... C .... O>~ C 0 ~ ~ .... ,;a '"' =~ II: <: ~ ,Ie = 0= = 0:> 0 00. 0:>= '"' ,2 '"' '"' ,S '"' 0:>= ,~ '"' ,~='"' C,) z ';; Ci '1;1 :1ii ,;a :~'" ';;:'" ';;: ';;'" ';;:'" ~ ... I 0 ';;: :e :>- 00. ~ :;;: ~ ~ ~ is Ci ~ S a I ------_._------~ ~ ~ ~ ... ~\Q~rIl ... ~ QC :1)0 rIl .r<) .... ill Po. 10 .... Ii') ...J =:\ ~ 0 ~ ;.< ~ 00. =~ z tf; 0\ \0 f"", 00 r--. ....0 f4")O\('-.IN..,...... t­ f-I tt{' ~ ~ U.... f:l 00. 00. "0 ~ ~ ~" "0 Ioo-l ~ ~ 0:" U '.;:l'" !t...... = ,S== ...J al "Q .: ~ ~ ~ Ii

APPENDIX TOTABLE B-V

Families having less than 1 per cent of Workers of the respective Division (les> than 0.5 p~r c.:nt in Cl'c of Families of Division 7.8), have been shownin this Appendix. The following abbreviations have been used;- III In Mining, Quarrying, Livestock. Forestry, Fishing, Vi In Construction Hunting and Plantations, orchards, and Allied VIII In Trade and COmmerce Activities VIII In Transport, Storage and Comm llnica t ions IV At Household Industry IX rn Other Services V In Manufacturing other than Household Industry M= Males F;:;< Females

Lah:ml &; Spiti District

007; TotaIVI(M2); 040: Total IX (F I); 041: (M I); 741:Tota1 IV (M I); 750: Tota! IV (M 5), V(M 5); TotalIX(F2); 043 Total IX (Ml); 044 : Total IX 759: Total IV (M 3, F 1); 762 : Total V (M 10); 77fJ : (M 1); 060: TotalIX (M I); 072 I Total IX (M 1); 076: TotallV (M 1), V (M 3), IX(M 1); 779 : Total IV (M3); Total IX (M 1, F 1); 201 : Total IX (M 1); 210 : 790 : Total VI (M 14" F I), 811; Total IV (M 1); 820 : Total VI (M 1); 642: Total VIII (M 1); 643: Total VI Total V(M 3); 824: Total IV(M 5); 870 : Total VI eMl); (M I); 708 : Total IV (M I,F 1), V ( F 1); 709: Total IV 890: Total VI(M 2), IX(M 4); 902 : To(al IX (M 2); 912 ~ (F 10); 715;Tota1 IV(F 3),V(F 1)733: Total IV(M 7, F l)V Total IX(M 3). 115

TABLE B-VII PART A PERSONS WORKING PRINCIPALLY (I) AS CULTIVATORS (11) AS AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS OR (111) AT HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND BY SECONDARY WORK (i) AT HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY (il) AS CULTIVATOR OR (iii) AS AGRICULTURAL L~BOURER Note.-Major Groups of Household Industry, where Persons having Secondary Work as Cultivation or Agricultural Labour, are less than5per cent of the Persons having the Major Group as Principal Work, have not been shown in this Table, but are given in the Appendix to this Table. Divisions thus affected are marked with an asterisk (*). SECONDARY WORK Principal Work Total Cultivator, Agricultural Rural Labourer or Household Urban i ii iii Industry (Division and At Household As Cultivator As Agricultu ral Major Group) Industry Labourer

Males Females Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lahaul & Spiti District I. cultivator T 2,307 3,564 47 82 R 2,307 3,S64 47 82 II. Agricultural Labourer T 11 12 7 11 R 11 12 7 11 III. Household Industry : T 17 20 5 9 Divisions and Major Groups R 17 20 5 9 Division 0 T 1 R 1 Major Group 04 T 1 R .. 1 *Division 2 & 3 T 17 20 4 9 R 17 20 4 9 Maior Group 25 T 8 20 4 9 R 8 20 4 9 )8 T 1 R 1 36 '( " R 7

Lahaul Tahsil

I. Cultivator R 2,300 3,562 26 46 II. Agricultural Labourer R 10 12 5 10 III. Household Industry; Divisions R 12 20 5 9 Division 0 R 1 Di vision 2 & 3 R 12 20 4 9 Spiti Tahsil

I. Cultivator R 7 2 21 36 II. Agricultural Labourer R 1 2 1 III. Household Industry : Divisions R 5 Division 2 & 3 R 5

----~~~-. Note.-(i) Lines with nil entries have been omitted. (ii) There is no urban area tn thIS District. Total figures are the same as those of rural.

APPENDIX TO TABLE B-VII PART A

Major Groups of Household Industry,. where ~ersons having. S7Condary Work as Cultivation or AgricuJturaJ Labour are less than 5 p~r cent of the Per sons haVIng the Major Group as Prmclpal Work, have been shown in this Appendix. The following abbreviations have been used;-

I=Cultivator; II= Agricultu ral Labourer; M=Males; and F= Females. Labaul & Spiti District 27 : Total I (M 1), Rural I (MD. 116

TABLE B-Vn PART B

INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION, BY SEX, OF PERSO~S WORKING IN NO:'l{-HOUSEHOLO lNDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS, PROFESSION, Oll. SERVICE WHO ARE ALSO m'.iGA.GEO IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY

PrincipaL Work (P.W.) Principli Work (P.VV.) ------Additional WOlk (A.W.i AdditionaL Work L\.W.) at Household Tndu<;try a Household Industry Males Female\ (Division and Major Group) Males Females (Division and Major Group) 2 3 1 3

Lahaul & Spiti District-Total Labaul & Spiti District-Total-collcld. Major Group 25 2 P.W. IlidsiOl1 0 53 3 27 2 A.W. Diyi~i(]n 2&3 3 7 99 1 Major Group 25 3 .. I P.W. Division 2&3 3 P.W. Malor Group 02 26 A.W. Division Major Gnnlbl 25 3 A.Vi. Di~isi(J[l 2&3 82 1 Major Group 25 P.W. Major Group 70-71 2&3 P.W Major Group 04 27 3 A.W. Division 25 3 A.W. Division 2&3 2 Major Gronp 8 769 37 Major Group 25 2 .. I P.w. Division I Division 0 P.W. D;,'i~ion 2&3 22 A.w. Major GroLip 04 A.W. Division 2 & 3 2 .~ I I 2&3 4 Major Group 25 2 Division Major Group 25 4 P.W. Major Croup 36 4 .. i 8S 21 10 A.W. Division 2. &3 2 P.W. Major Group 2 .. A.W. Division 0 Major GrollP 25 "I 2,-743 519 Major Group 04 P.W. Di~ision 4 2&3 2. A.W. Divi,jon 2 &3 4 Division 25 2 Major Group 25 2 \!Iajor Gmup 42 13 27 2 P.W. Major Group 89 Division 2&3 2 P.W. Major Group 40 2,743 511) A.W. 25 2. A.W. Division 2&3 4. .'.Ilajor GNUp j No/e.-Lines with nil entries have b~en o.nitcl:d. 111

TABLE B-VII PART B-concld.

INDUS TRIAL (lASSIFICATION, BY SEX, OF PERSONS WORKING IN NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS, PROFESSION, OR SERVICE WHO ARE ALSO ENGAGED IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY i'rincipal Work (P,W.) ! prhcipal Work (P.W.) 1------_ .. _-_._----- I Additional Work (A. W.) Additional Work (A.W.) at HOllsehold Intiustry I atH()useho!d lndustry (Division and Maior Group) Males Fem~lesl ( Division and Major Group) :Males Females 2 3 ~ 2 3 Laban! & Spiti Dislrid-Rural Lahaul & Spiti District-RlIl'al-eoncld. 3 P.W. Diddon 0 53 31 Major Group 25 A.W. DivisiOn 2&3 3 P.W. Division 8 769 37 Major Group 25 3 A.W. Division 0 P.W Major Group 02 26 Major Group 04 A,W. Division 2 &3 Division 2&3 " \1 ajor Group 25 1 Major Group 25 4 P.W. i\'fajor Group 04 27 3 P.W. Major Group 88 21 10. A,W. Division 2& 3 2 A.W. Division 0 .. Major Group 25 2 Major Group 04 1

P.W. Division 2 &3 22 6 Division 2&3 2 A.W. Divbion 2&3 2 Major GrOUP 25 2 Major Group 25 2 P.W. l\:lajDr GrDnp 42 13 P.W. Major Grol!T! 36 4 '" A. W. Division 2 &3 2 A.W. Division 2&3 2 Major Group 25 2 Major Group 25 2 Lallau! Tahsil P.W. Division 4 2,743 519 p. W. Di~hitJll 0 49 1 A.W. Didsion 2&3 4 A.W, Di>'i,ion 2&3 3 Major Group 25 2 P. W. Division 2&3 20 6 27 2 A,W. Division 2&3 2 P.W· Major Group 40 2,743 51~ I P.W. Divi~ion 4 2,738 519 A.W. Division 2&3 4 A,W. Dil'ision 2 &3 4 Major Group 25 2 I I P.W. Division 7 95 1 ::_'i 2 I i A.W. Division 2 &3 3 P.W. Dh'ision 7 99 I I P.W. Division 8 343 29 A.W. Division 2 &3 3 A.W. Division Q 1 Major Group 25 3 DivisiOn 2&:3 4 P.W. :\lajor Group 70·71 82 1 Spiti Tahsil-Nil A.W. Division 2&3 3 .. I --~- --~~-.---~------NOle.-Lines 'With nil entries have been omitted. 118

TABLE B-VlIJ

PERSONS UNEMPLOYED AGED 15 AND ABOVE BY SEX

Rural unemployeds

-~----. ---_.

District/Tahsil Total unemployed Illiterate

p M F P M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 Lahalll & Spiti District 13 13 6 6 Labaul Tah,il 13 13 6 6 Spiti Tahsil 119

PART B AND EDUCATIONAL LEVELS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY by educational levels

Literate (withollt educatiol1al level) Primary or Junior Basic Matriculation and abov~

P M F P M F p M 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 2 4 4 1 1 2 4 4 120

TABLE PERSONS NOT AT WORK CI,ASSIFIED BY SEX,

District/Tahsil Total Age Total Full time Household Rural Group Non,W,?rking Students Duties PopulatIon

~------~ ------P M F M F \i[ F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5) 10 T Labaul & Spiti District Total 6,100 3,323 2,777 1,041 218 122 0-14 5,230 2,830 2,400 871 20r, 15-34 370 279 91 170 12 26 35-59 170 89 81 27 60 l- 330 125 205 69 A.N.S.

R Total 6,100 3,323 2,777 1,041 218 121 0-14 5,230 2.830 2,400 871 206 15-34 370 279 91 170 12 26 35-59 170 89 81 27 60+ 330 125 205 69 A.N.S.

Labaul Tabsil R Total 4,558 2,484 2,074 871 197 74 0-14 3,987 2,177 1,810 743 186 15-34 245 179 66 128 11 20 35-59 103 48 55 15 60+ 223 80 143 39 A.N.S·

Spiti Tabsil R Total 1,542 839 703 170 21 48 0-14 1,243 653 590 128 20

15-34 125 100 2S 42 6 35-59 67 41 26 12 60+ 107 45 62 30 A.N.S. Notes.-(i) A.N.S. means Age not stated. (ii) There is no urban area in thiS District. 1,496 1,719 2 2 81 81 8 1 2 24

1,410 1,616 11 8 13 20 13 21 22 3 2 5 12 9 1 26 29 4 6 54 81 2 1 23 22

575 619 94 15 515 569 10 17 14 41 4 6 5 35 9 37 31 8 122

TABLE B-X

SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS (i) ENGAGED NElTHER IN CULTIVATlO~ NOR HOUSEHOLD INJ)U3fRY, (Ii) ENGAGED EITHER IN CULTIVATION OR HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY Bur NOT IN BorH AND (iii) ENGAGED BOTH IN CULTIVATION AND HOUSEHOLD IN1)U3TRY (Based on 20 per cent Sample) District/Tahsil Total Total Households Households House:l01ds Hou,e'lold, Rural Number of engaged engaged in engaged in engaged Urban Households neither in Cultivation Household both in Cultivation only Industry only Cultivation nor and Household Household Industry Industry

2 3 4 5 (. 7 Labanl & Spiti District Total 726 216 210 12 288 Rural 726 216 210 12 288 Lahaul Tahsil Rural 490 170 22 12 286 Spiti Tahsil Rural 236 46 188 2

Note.-There is no urban area in this District. 123

TABLE B-XT SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED IN CUl,TIVATlON CLASSIFIED BY INTEREST IN LA '1:1 AND SIZE OF I.AND CULTIVATED IN RURAL AND URBAN AREAS SEPARATELY (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Interest No. 01 Hot:c;ch01ds engaged in c~;~!iv:1tion l'y :-lzc c!' l~; I'd in l, ('r-.:.-.. in Land CultivatinJ; Cultivated House- less 1.0- 2.5-- 5.0- 7.5- 10.0- 12.5-- 15.0- 30.0- 50 Un- holds than 1 2.4 4.9 7.4 9.9 12.4 14.9 29.9 49.<) sped- fi'~d

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 In 11 12 13 Lahaul & spiti District-Rural

Total 498 51 183 J42 72 16 15 6 (, 7 (a) 447 41 168 129 65 14 13 5 5 1

(b) 20 9 l) 2

(c) 31 6 11 7 2 2 1 Lahaul Tahsil-Rural

Total J08 15 111 96 49 11 12 5 5 4 (a) 292 14 110 92 44 10 10 4 4 4

(b) 2

(c) H 3 5 2 Spiti Tahsil-Rural

Total 190 36 72 46 23 5 3 1 1 3 (a) 155 27 58 3'j 21 4 3 3

(b) 18 8 9

(c) 17 5 8 2

~~~'----- Notes-I. (a) Means Land owned or held from Government.

(b) Means Land ldd from private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share.

(c) Means Land partly held from Government and partly held from private persons for payment in money, kind or share.

2. There is no urban area in this District. 124

TAULE

SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED IN CULTIVATION ONLY, CLASSIFIED BY SlZE OF LAND RURAL AND URBAN

(Rased on 20

Cultivating HOllSciJolds according to Size of land Total of Cultivating (Class Ran ges Households in Ac(e~) I P ~rson 2 l'cr..;ons

---- -_ - _---- House- Family Hired House- Family House· Family Hired holds Workers Wor- holds Workers holds Workers Wor- kers kers M F M f' M [:

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Lahaul All sizes 210 303 357 10 25 12 13 55 56 54 Less than I 38 34 44 12 6 6 16 15 17 1.0- 2.4 78 112 125 1 8 4 4 21 22 20 2.5- 4.9 56 95 104 4 3 2 I 11 II 1 I 5.0- 7.4 24 37 45 1 6 () () 7.5- 9.9 6 14 21 4 10.0-12.4 3 7 8 12.5-14.9 J J 2 15.0-29.9 1 1 6 30.0-49.9 ~(+ ...... Unspecified 3 2 2 2 2 1 2

Lahavl

All sizes 22 37 40 1 5 4 3 3 3 Less than I 3 3 4 I 1 I I 1 1.0- 2.4 6 10 9 .. 1 I 1 1 I 2.5---4.9 10 16 19 1 2 2 I 1 I 5.0- 7.4 1 2 2 7.5- 9.9 1 6 5 10.0-12.4 12.5-14.9 15.0-29.9 30.0--49.9 50-+ .. Unspecified I 1 1

S~iti All sizes 188 266 317 9 20 8 12 52 53 51 Less than 1 35 31 40 11 5 6 15 14 16 ).0- 2.4 72 102 116 1 7 3 4 20 21 19 2.5- 4.9 46 79 85 3 1 1 10 10 10 5.0- 7.4 23 35 43 1 6 6 6 7.5-9.9 5 8 16 4 10.0-12.4 3 7 8 12.5-14.9 I 1 2 15.0-29,9 1 1 6 30.()...... 49.9 50+ " Unspecified 2 2 1 2 Note.-There is no urban area in this District. 125 B-xn CULTIVATED ANn NUMBER OF FAMILY WORKERS AND HIUEn WORKERS, IN AREAS SEPARATELY per cent Sample)

Dumber of persons engaged in Cultivation ------. -- ---_ .. _- ---- "-- - "_-- "_- - _- -~.-.--~

3-5 Persons 6-10 Persons More than 10 Persons Unspecified

_. ---_------_- --.~-. ~------_--- -~-.- HOllSC- Family Hired HOllse- Family Hired Housc- Family Hired House- Family Hired holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- hCllds Workers Wor- hOlds Workers Wor------_ kers ------kcrs kers --._-- kers M F M F M F M F 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

& Spiti District-Rural

113 187 227 3 16 42 58 7 1 6 5 10 13 21 .. 44 70 87 1 5 16 14 36 65 70 2 6 17 22 2 16 27 32 2 4 7 1 ...... 3 4 7 2 4 9 4 1 6 5 3 7 8 1 1 2 1 1 6

Tahsil-Rural 11 19 25 2 5 6 1 1 6 5 1 1 3 3 5 5 3 3 (; 11 15 2 3 1 2 2 rl 5

Tahsil-Rural 102 168 202 3 14 ?-7 52 6 9 12 18 41 65 82 1 4 13 11 30 54 55 2 5 15 19 1 15 25 30 2 4 7 1 3 4 7 2 4 9 4 3 7 8 I 1 2 . . .. 1 1 6 126

TABLE B-Xm SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED BOTH IN CULTlVATION AND HOUSEHOLD !!'

Notc.-Major qrou~s of Household f;-:dustry h,lVing kss .than 10 pcr C 'il( of th~ fi gurcs ,)1'. the re'pcclivc Dil "il )ll. h;lv,: no! been shown In tlus Table, but arc given In the AppendIx to Ihlo; Table. DIVISIOns thus al1ccted are markc'd 'I it h :In a;;tcl"lsk (.)

NI'mher of Households l'y size in Acres (11 land ClIlti\aln! Code No. Household Induslry of (Division :md Major Total Less 1.0- 2.5 - 5.0- 7.5- 10.0- 12.5- 15.0 -_ 30.0-- 50 U,l­ LS.T.C. Group only of I.S.I.c.) No. than 1 2.4 4.9 7.4 9.9 12.4 14.9 ?9.') 49.<) S!) ~ci­ of House­ fied holds

2 3 4 5 b 7 8 9 10 1 I 12 14

Lahaul & Spiti District-Rural

All Industries 288 13 105 86 48 10 12 5

Division 0 Agriculture, Livestock, Forestry Fishing and Hunting 23 8 10 5

Major Group 04 Livestock and Hunling 23 8 10 5 "'Division 2&3 Manufacturing 265 13 97 76 43 10 12 5 4 Major Group 25 Textile-Wool 228 8 82 65 41 9 11 5 5 2 27 Textile-Miscellaneous 30 3 11 11 2

------~----~----_--~ Notes.-l. 1 here is no urban area in th is District. 2. Lines with nil entnes have been omitted.

APPENDIX TO TABLE B-XIII

Major Groups of Household Industry having less than 10 per cent of the figures of the respective Division, haw been shown inthis Appendix. The following abbreviations have heen llsed:-

A means Less than J Acre B means 1.0-- 2.4 Acres C means 2,5 - 4.9 Acres D means 5.0- 7.4 ,\crcs E means 7.5- 9,<) Acres F means 10.0--12.4 Acres G means ]2,5-14.9 Acres H means ]5.0-29.9 Acres I means 30,0-49.9 Acres J means 50.0-j- Aeres K means Unspecified

Lahaul & Spiti District Rural: 23 (B-I); 36 (A-2, B-3, K-l). 127

TABLE B-XIV SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED ONLY IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY CLASSIFIED BY PRINCIPAL HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY (Blised on 20 per cent Sample) PART A-Households classified by Major Groups of Principal Household Industry and Persons engaged

Code No, Household Industrv Total Total Households engaged in Household Industry according of (Division and Major Rural Number to the n umber of persons engaged I.S.I.C. Group only of of - -_------J.S.r.c. ) House­ 1 2 3--5 6-10 More Un- holds Person Persons Persons Persons than 10 speci­ Persons fied 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 Labaul .1 Spiti District All Industriei T 12 7 1 ~ 12 7 1

Division 2 & 3 Manufacturing T 12 7 4 1 R 12 7 4 1 U

Major Group Textile-Wool T 7 2 4 2) R 7 2 4 27 Textile-Miscellancous T 2 2 R 2 2

36 Basic Mctals and their T 3 3 Products except Machin- R 3 3 ery and Transport Equipment N()tes.-l. Lines with nil entries have been omitted. 2. There is no urban area in this District.

TABLE B-XIV -coneld. SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED ONLY IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY CLASSIFIED BY PRINCIPAL HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

PART B-HoU!ilebolds classified by Minor Groups of Principal Household Industry Code No. Household Industry Number cJ J (1 (! ( (, of (Descri ption) I.S.I.C. Total Rural Urban

-~ 3 4 5 Labaul & Spiti District

All Industries 12 12 2530 Spinning of wool by charkha or takali 3 3 2550 Weaving of woollen cloth in handloom such as blankets, rugs, pashmina, thulma. gudma etc .. 4 2711 Making of hosiery goods such as banyans, seeks, ~weatcrs, mufflers. etc. 1 1 2732 Traditional garments 1 1 3691 Manufacture of agricultural implements such as ploughshare, khurpi, kudal, etc. 2 2 3698 Foundry industry (inclUding blacksmithy) 1 1

Note.-Lines with nil entrie, have bc~n 0 mitted. 128 TABLE SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED BOTH IN CULTIVATION AND HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY (Based on 20 Size of Land Total of Cultivating Households Cultivating Households (Class Ranges in Acres) which are engaged in Household --"------" ------"------Industry 1 Person 2 Persons

------_._------~-- House- Family Hired House- Family House- Family Hired holds Workers Wor- holds Workers holds Workers Wor- kers kers ------M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Lahaul & Spiti All sizes 288 599 725 19 10 3 7 44 39 49 Less than 1 13 17 19 · . 2 2 4- 4- 4 1.0- 2.4 105 176 217 3 4 3 26 24 28 2.5- 4.9 86 197 246 · . 1 I 6 4- 8 5.0- 7A 48 III 147 8 4- 4 4- 7.5- 9.9 10 37 32 · . · . 2 1 3 10.0-12.4 12 28 23 3 1 1 1 1 12.5-14.9 5 17 17 3 1 I I 15.0-29.9 5 12 24 2 30.0--49.9 50+ . . .. Unspecified 4 4 6 2 1 t.ahaul All sizes 286 597 724 19 9 2 7 43 38 48 Less than 1 12 16 13 · . 2 2 3 3 3 1.0- 2.4 105 176 217 3 4 1 3 26 24 28 2.5- 4.9 86 197 240 · . 1 1 6 4 8 5.0- 7.4 48 III 147 8 4- 4- 4- 7.5- 9.9 10 37 32 · . · . 2 1 3 10.0-12.4 12 28 23 3 1 1 1 1 12.5-14.9 5 17 17 3 1 1 1 15.0-29.9 5 12 24 2 30.0--49.9 50+ . . .. " Unspecified 3 3 6 1 Spiti

All sizes 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Less than 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.0- 2.4 2.5- 4.9 5.0- 7.4 7.5- 9.9 10.0-12.4 12.5-14.9 15.0-29.9 30.0-49.9 50+ · . Unspecified 1 1

No(e.-There is no urban area in this District. 129

B~XV CLASSIFIED BY SIZE OF LAND IN RURAL AND URBAN AREAS SEPARATELY per cent Sample) engaged in Household Industry

-~------.~--- ~----~- ---- .. _ -----_._------_. ---.---~.------~-~--.-~~------

3-5 Persons 6-10 Persons More than 10 Persons Unspecified

------~~-~-- --~--- ~------.---- House- Family Hired House- Family Hired House- Family Hired House- Family Hired holds Workers War. holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- kers kers kers kers ------_ ----- M F M F M F M F

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 District-Rural 142 235 320 2 83 266 303 10 9 56 46 7 7 13 13 56 85 125 1 19 66 61 2 .. 46 83 102 31 96 120 .. 2 14 9 " 20 33 51 22 65 83 3 2 9 9 5 3 5 7 3 14 10 2 17 12 6 10 11 4 16 11 3 1 1 3 1 1 3 4 .. 2 12 9 2 1 2 3 3 6 14 2 1 4 7

" .. 2 3 5

Tah~il-Rural 142 235 326 2 83 266 363 10 9 56 46 7 7 13 13 .. .. 56 85 125 1 19 66 61 2 46 83 102 31 96 120 2 14 9 20 33 51 22 65 83 3 2 9 9 5 3 5 7 3 14 10 2 17 12 6 10 11 4 16 11 3 1 1 3 1 3 4 2 12 9 2 1 2 3 3 6 14 2 1 4 7 .. 2 3 5 Tahsil-Rural 130 TABLE

SAMPLE PRINCIPAL HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY CLASSIFIED BY PERIOD OF WORKING

(Based on 20

Note.-Major Groups of Housebold Industry bavillll.ss than 10 per cent of the figures of the respective Division, hay; not been Code No. Household Industry Total Total 1 to 3 Months of (Division and Major Rural ---. ~ ------__.------I.S.I.C. Group only) House- Family Hired House- Family Hired holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- kers kers

M F M F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ') 10 11 Labaul &:

All IndWitriell Total 300 607 737 19 71 158 174 4 (a) 288 599 725 19 69 157 168 4 (b) 12 8 12 2 1 6 R.Il"al 300 607 737 19 71 158 174 (a) 288 599 725 19 69 157 168 (b) 12 8 12 2 1 6 Division 0 Agriculture, Livestock, Total 23 46 67 6 Forestry, Fishing and (a) 23 46 67 6 Hunting Rural 23 46 67 6 (a) 23 46 67 6 Major Livestock and Huntinl Total 23 46 67 6 Group (a) 2.3 46 67 6 04 Rural 23 46 67 6 (a) 23 46 67 6 • Division Manufacturin& Total 277 561 670 13 71 158 174 4 2&3 {a) 265 553 658 13 69 157 168 4 (b) 12 8 12 2 1 6

Rural 277 561 670 13 71 158 174 4 (a) 265 553 658 13 69 157 168 4 (b) 12 8 12 2 1 6 Major Textile-Wool Total 235 485 591 12 65 148 162 3 Group (a) 228 481 580 12 63 147 156 3 25 (b) 7 4 11 2 1 6 Rural 235 485 591 12 65 148 162 3 (a) 228 481 580 12 63 147 156 3 (b) 7 4 11 2 1 6 27 Textile-Miscellaneous Total 32 56 65 5 7 10 (a) 30 55 64 5 7 10 (b, 2 1 1 Rural 32 56 65 5 7 10 ~a) 30 55 64 5 7 10 b) 2 1 1 ---- Notres.-l. Lines with nil entries have been omitted. 2. There is not urban area in this District. 3. (a)= In addition to Cultivation and (b)= Without Cultivation. 131

B-XVI

AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORKERS EN GACED IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY per cent Sample) shown in this Table, but are given in the Appendix to this Ta ble. Divisions thus affected are markcd with an asterisk (*). 4 to 6 Months 7 to 9 Months 10 Months to 1 Year Months not stated

House- Family Hired House- Family Hired House- Family Hired House- Family Hired holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- holds Workers Wor- kers kc:rs kers kers ------M F M F M F M F

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Spiti District 184 367 466 6 1 S 2 3 37 68 86 6 7 9 9 180 364 462 6 1 S 2 3 33 6S 8S 6 S 8 8 4 3 4 4 3 1 2 1 1 184 367 466 6 1 S 2 3 37 68 86 6 7 9 9 180 364 462 6 1 S 2 3 33 6S 85 6 5 8 8 4 3 4 4 3 1 2 1 1 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6 23 46 67 6

184 367 466 6 1 5 2 3 14 22 19 7 9 9 180 364 462 6 1 5 2 3 10 19 18 5 8 8 4 3 4 4 3 1 2 1 1 184 367 466 6 1 5 2 3 14 22 19 7 9 9 180 364 462 6 1 5 2 3 10 19 18 5 8 8 4 3 4 4 3 1 2 1 1 161 319 413 6 1 5 2 3 4 6 7 4 7 7 157 316 409 6 1 5 2 3 3 6 6 4 7 7 4 3 4 1 1 161 319 413 6 1 5 2 3 4 6 7 4 7 7 157 316 409 6 1 5 2 3 3 6 6 4 7 7 4 3 4 1 1 21 43 47 5 6 7 1 21 43 47 4 5 7 1 1 1

21 43 47 5 6 7 21 43 47 4 5 7 1 1 1 132

APPENDIX TO TABLE B-XVI

Major Groups of HOlBchold Tndu,try h:wil1g bss than 10 p ~r cent of the figures of respective Division, have been shown in this Appendix. The following abbreviations have been llsed;- IN ADDITION TO CULTIVATION WITHOUT CULTIVATION A means 1-3 Months E means 1-3 Months B means 4-6 Months F means 4-6 7vfonth, C means 7-9 Months G means 7-<) }.Ionths D means ]0 Months to 1 Year H means 10 Months to I Year X means Months not stated Y means Months not stated Labanl 8c. Spiti District 23 : Total (A-I), Rural (A-I); 36 : Total (B-2, 0-3, X-I, H-2, Y-l), Rural (B-2, 0-3, X-I, H-2, Yo!). TABLE B-XVn SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS CLASSIFIED BY (i) NUMBER OF MALE AND FEMALE MEMBERS BY SIZE OF HOUSEHOLDS AND (ii) ENGAGEMENT eft) NEITHER IN CULTIVATION NOR IN INDUSTRY (b) IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ONLY AN D (c) lN CULTIVATION SUB-CLASSIFIED BY SIZE OF LAND CULTIVATED 134 TABLE SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS CLASSIFIED BY (i) NUMBER OF MALE AND FEMALE MEMBERS BY NOR IN INDUSTRY (b) IN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ONLY AND (c) IN CULTIVATION (Based on 20 Size of Total/Rural Total Total Sample Household No. of Population Sample House- Single Member Households holds

-----_-_ - ~--~ --~ Persons Males Females House- Males Females holds

f 2 3 4 5 (; 7 8

Lahaul &;

Total 726 4,030 2,138 1,892 71 56 15 AU Rural 726 4,030 2,138 1,892 71 56 IS (i) Households en!aged neither in Cultivation nor Househol Industry 216 817 582 235 44 39 5

(ii) Households engaged in Household Industry only f2 50 27 23 3 2 (iii) Households engaged in Cultivation 498 3,163 1,529 1,634 24 f5 9 Size of Holding Group- Less than 1 Acre 51 178 80 98 11 6 5 1.0-2.4 Acres 183 976 464 512 9 5 4 2.S-4.9 Acres 142 1,019 505 514 2 2 5.0-7.4 Acres 72 565 271 294 7.S-9.9 Acres 16 162 85 77 10.0-12.4 Acres 15 121 60 61 12.5-14.9 Acros 6 51 29 22 15.0-29.9 Acres 6 67 23 44 30.0-49.9 Acres 50+ Unspecified 7 24 12 12 •• Note-There is no urban area in tl1is District. 135

B-XVII SIZE OF HOUSEHOLDS AND (ii) ENG AGEMENT (a) NEITHER IN CULTIVATION SUB-CLASSIFIED BY SIZE OF LAND CULTIVATED per cent Sample) Sample Households

-~------.. . ~~-~----~------~------

2--3 Members 4--6 Members 7-9 Members 10 or more Members

---~------House- Males Females House- Males Females BOllse- Males Females HOlJ\e- Males r cnlale,. holds holds holds 1-.olds [ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Spiti District 175 241 207 237 598 567 143 558 562 100 685 541 175 241 207 237 598 567 143 558 562 100 685 541

84 134 69 59 161 112 15 72 43 1-.1 176 6

3 5 3 3 8 7 3 12 12 88 102 135 175 429 448 125 474 507 86 509 535

22 22 36 13 30 33 4 15 16 7 8 43 54 65 78 187 207 38 141 150 15 77 86 13 14 20 49 130 118 47 182 190 31 177 186 3 4 4 26 64 65 22 82 94 21 121 131 2 2 4 2 4 6 5 19 19 7 60 48 2 4 8 12 4 17 14 5 32 34

2 4 4 2 8 9 2 17 9 2 5 11 4 18 33

4 4 5 2 3 5 4 136 TABLE COMPOSITlO;\! OF SAMPLB if OUSEHOLDS BY RELATIONSHIP (Based on 20

Composition

T()tal.'R lIral Total N". Tot;! I s: :~1 p!c 1!()L: rll(1hl of Sample rf~, ulatinn HOllsehold~

-----~-----,-- FerS~l!'" \ ~n:cs lemak,

2 ~ -'.~ :;

Lahaul &

Total 726 4,030 2,138 182

All Rural 726 4,0.10 Z.B8 1,892 (i) Households engaged neither in Cultivation nor Household Industry 216 817 5R~ 235

(ii) Households engaged in Household Industry only 12 50 27 23 (iii) Households engage,! in Cultivation 49R 3,16.1 1,529 1,634

Size of Holding Croup- Less than 1 Acre 51 178 80 98 r.O-- 2.4 Acres 183 976 ,164 512 2.5- 4.9 Acres f42 1,019 505 514 5.0- 7.4 Acres 72 565 271 294 7.5- 9.9 Acres 16 162 85 77 10.0-12.4 Acres 15 121 60 61 12.5-14.9 Acres 6 51 29 22 15.0 -29.9 Acres 6 67 21 -14 30.0-49.9 Acres so+ Unspecified 7 12 12

Note.-There is no urban area in this District. 137

C-I TO HEAD OF FAMILY CLASSIFIED BY S1ZE OF LAND CULTiVATED per cent Sample) of Households . --'~--' .~-.--- -- __ ------~-- _- .--~--~----- . ----._-_- ._ .. - _--_._ - _. ---.-_-- Heads of Spouses of Heads Married relations Never married, Unrelated Households of Households widowed and pc'rSons divorced or separated relations . --- - _.. ___ . ------Males Females Males Females Sons Other Other Males Females '\1alc~ r:emalcs Males Fem~Jes 6 7 1'> 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 Spiti District 644 82 4 446 114 117 233 973 1,105 286 26 644 R2 4 446 114 117 233 973 1,105 286 26

194 22 70 4 8 16 115 119 21i1 8

11 8 16 13 439 59 4 368 1[0 109 217 842 973 25 l7

36 15 28 3 2 6 39 49 159 24 130 35 24 55 243 301 2 2 129 13 111 39 33 68 300 318 3 4 69 3 63 22 22 52 148 169

4 3 3 2 2 6 4 138

TABLE AGE AND

Marital Status Age Group Total Total Population Rural Never Married

-----~~- Persons Males Females 1\1ak..; Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 Lahaul & All ages R 20,453 11,519 8,934 5,9-10 4,616 0- 9 R 10--14 4,283 2,179 2,104 2,17<) R 1,869 993 876 2,104 15-19 R 1,743 973 862 20--24 886 857 770 R 2,154 1,356 798 726 25-29 R 2,139 ~~7 369 1,362 777 SOl 30--34 199 R 1,888 1,239 35-39 R 649 253 40-44 1,472 881 591 111 R 1,288 771 12(, 55 45-49 R 517 104 50-54 875 457 418 49 H. 901 58 33 483 418 52 55-59 33 R 503 267 60--64 R 236 16 65-69 624 293 331 18 R 253 130 21 25 70+ R 123 6 Age not stated 460 221 239 10 R 1 1 23 22

Lahaul All ages R 15,177 8,692 6,485 4,503 0- 9 3,387 R 3,251 1,653 10--14 R 1,598 1,653 1,363 733 630 1,598 15-19 R 1,289 716 619 20-24 672 617 579 R 1,641 1,056 585 512 25-29 R 1,610 680 257 1,047 563 394 30-34 133 R 1,420 939 35-39 R 481 1'14 40-44 1,061 646 415 78 R 899 558 98 39 45-49 R 341 78 50-54 641 347 294 35 R 625 36 26 346 279 35 55-59 24 R 386 216 60-64 R 170 11 65-69 446 215 231 15 R 205 105 11 24 70+ R 100 4 Age not stated 339 158 181 10 R 1 1 14 17

All ages Spiti R 5,276 2,827 2,449 1,437 0- 9 1,229 R 1,032 526 10-14 R 506 526 15-19 506 260 246 506 R 454 214 257 243 20--24 R 240 191 25-29 513 300 213 214 R 529 315 177 112 214 108 30-34 66 R 468 300 35-39 R 411 168 59 40-44 235 176 33 R 389 213 28 16 45-49 R 176 26 50-54 234 110 124 14 R 276 137 22 7 139 17 55-59 9 R 117 51 60--64 R 66 5 65-69 178 78 100 3 R 48 25 10 1 70 : R 23 2 Age not stated 121 63 58 R 9 5 Note.-There is no urban area in this District. 139

C-lJ MARITAL STATUS Marital Status

------"----- ~~ -_-"------~_------_---- -_-- -~~

Married Widowed Divorced or Separated Unspecified Status

------_--- --._~-- --_----- Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Spiti District 5,110 3,481 418 690 50 147 1

19 14 1 113 128 .. 3 3 496 406 2 3 21 841 538 ·6 9 13 31 971 500 11 20 4 18 734 484 12 28 9 24 632 397 30 53 5 18 357 328 41 47 1 10 375 282 52 94 4 9 201 151 45 63 5 4 189 141 81 159 2 6 89 49 34 62 1 2 92 63 106 153 1 1 Tahsil 3,823 2,564 319 414 46 120 1

16 11 .. 1 90 102 3 3 373 307 3 21 639 397 3 4 11 29 730 384 11 7 4 12 529 343 10 13 9 20 458 265 18 30 4 11 277 237 33 23 1 8 268 204 39 44 4 7 160 109 40 42 5 4 144 113 59 90 1 4 69 43 31 47 1 69 49 75 114 1 1

Tahsil 1,287 917 99 276 4 27

3 3 23 26 123 99 2 202 141 3 5 2 2 241 116 13 6 205 141 2 15 4 174 132 12 23 1 7 80 91 8 24 2 107 78 13 50 2 41 42 5 21 45 28 22 69 1 2 20 6 3 15 2 23 14 31 39 140

TABLE C-lH PART A

AGE, SEX AND EDUCATION IN ALL AREAS

EDUCATlO·~ r\L LEVELS

-~----~.---- ~.--- ~--~-. Age T 0tal Population [I! iterate Literate (without Primary or ~.flt;-;cLJlation Group educational level) Junior Ba,ic and above

_._------_------~------P M F M F M F M F-' \·1 F 2 3 4 5 6 7 1\ ') to II 12 I"ahaHl & Spiti District

All ages 20,453 11,519 8,934 8,272 8,602 2,002 269 961 60 284 3 (}- 4 2,024 1,023 1,001 1,023 1,001 5- 9 2,259 1,156 1,103 890 996 264 f07 2 1(}-14 1,869 993 876 432 770 405 87 156 ~t-) .. 15-19 1,743 886 857 527 820 171 ifi 175 20 13 2(}-24 2,154 1,356 798 892 776 209 11 172 10 B3 25-29 2,139 1,362 777 975 766 188 5 120 5 79 3(}-34 1,888 1,239 649 875 635 208 10 112 -+ 44 35-44 2,760 1,652 1,108 1,170 1,089 286 J [; 145 I 51 45-59 2,279 1,207 1,072 945 1,062 175 9 73 ] 14 60+ 1,337 644 693 543 687 95 6 6 Age not stated I 1 I Note.-There is no urban areaInthis Disirlcf:---~-- Figures for Rural area are the same as fOf all areas. 141 TABLE C-v MOTHER TONGUE

Lahaul & Spiti District Tahsils ------~. __---.---- Language Total Rural Lahaul Spiti ------.------_--- - _-- P M F P M r M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Total 20,453 11,519 8,934 20,453 11,519 8,934 8,692 6,485 2,827 2,449 Bashahri 27 15 12 27 15 12 15 12 Bengali 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 Bharmauri/G addi 8 8 8 8 8 Bhotia-Unspecified 6,180 3,067 3,113 6,180 3,067 3,113 659 665 2,408 2,448 Bhutani 2 2 2 2 2 Chinese/Chin; 3 1 2 3 I 2 1 2 Garhwali 7 5 2 7 5 2 5 2 Gorkhali 1 1 1 1 1 *tHimachali 77 74 3 77 74 3 74 3 Hindi 473 455 18 473 455 18 198 18 257 *Jabakhri 8 6 2 8 () 2 6 2 Kangri 176 173 3 176 173 3 173 3 Kashmiri 1,212 1,212 1,212 1,212 1,212 Kului 235 222 13 235 222 13 222 13 Ladakhi 62 54 8 62 54 8 54 8 Lahuli 10,954 5,419 5,535 10,954 5,419 5,535 5,402 5,534 17 MandeaJi 7 6 1 7 6 1 6 1 Multani 1 1 I 1 1 Nepali 95 86 9 95 86 9 86 9 Padari 1 1 1 1 1 Pahari-Unspecified 91 86 5 91 86 5 86 5 Pangwali 12 12 12 12 12 Punjabi 240 239 240 239 94 145 Sanskrit 8 8 8 8 8 Siraji-Inner Siraji 14 14 14 14 14 Spiti 8 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 Tibetan 543 344 199 543 344 19 344 199 Urdu 5 5 5 5 5

------_--- ... _------_------_-_------_._._------"------.... Notes.-(i) Mother Tongues printed in italics belong to Countries outside the Indian Sub-Continent. (ii) Names occurring after hyphen (-) have been introduced by the Linguist to indicate groupings.

(iii) Asterisk (*) means that the Mother Tongue is unclassified in Linguistic Survey of India. (iv) Asterisk and dagger (*t) denote that the Mother Tongue is unclassified by Grierson but is tentatively classified by the Linguist. (v) There is no urban arca in this District. 142

TABLE RELI-

Names of Religions

District/Tahsil Total Rural TOTAL BUDDHISTS CHRISTrANS

P M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 LahauI & Spiti District T 20,453 11,519 8,934 4,823 4,680 2 R 20,453 11,519 8,934 4,823 4,680 2 Lahaul Tahsil R 15,177 8,692 6,485 2,412 2,264 2 Spiti Tahs il R 5,276 2,827 2,449 2,411 2,416 NO/e.-There is no urban area in- thisDisfrlct. 143

C-VH CION

arranged in alphabetical order Other Religion~ Rc:ligion nol and Persuasion' stated

SIKHS HINDUS JAINS MUSLIMS M F M F M F M F M F M 21 16 17 18 19 20 10 11 12 13 14 15 162 5,321 4,254 1,210 162 5,321 4,254 1,210 37 5,030 : 4,221 1,210 125 291 33 144

fABLE

SCHEDlILED CA.STES AND PART A--CL\SSrFICATION BY LITERACY AND INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY OF

WORKERS

District/Tah"il Total Total Illiterate Literate Total I II Rural and Workers As As Educated Cultivator Agricultural Persons Labourer

------_.__ ._ P M F M F M F M F M F M 1-' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Labanl & Spiti T 1,103 614 489 486 486 128 3 385 287 243 261 4 5 District R 1,103 614 489 486 486 128 3 385 287 243 261 4 5

Lahaul Tahsil R 997 541 456 444 453 97 3 329 273 243 249 4 5 Spiti Tahsil R 106 73 33 42 33 31 56 14 12

Note. fhere-isnourban areain this District.

TABLE SCHEDULED CASTES AND PART B--CL\,SSIFICATION BY LITERACY AND INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY OF WORKERS

District/Tahsil Rural Total Illiterate Literate Total I ][ and Workers As As Educated Cultivator .Agricultural Persons Labourer

--"-~ - ---_-- -_. __ -----_--- P M F M F M F M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Labaul & Spiti R 14,132 6,9647,168 4,910 6,896 2,054 272 4,307 4,976 3,538 4,510 194 264 District Lahaul Tahsil R 9,323 4,565 4,758 2,848 4,507 1,717 251 2,727 3,250 2.178 3,024 23 33 Spiti Tahsil R 4,809 2,399 2,410, 2,062 2,389 337 21 1,580 1,726 1,360 1,486 171 23l

-NOte~ ::"'::'ffiere is no urban area in this District. 145

C-VIII SCHEDUT_ED TRIBES WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS AMONG SCHEDULED CASTES

WORKERS Non­ Workers III IV V VI VI[ VIII IX X In Mining, At In In In In Tn Quarrying, Household Manu­ Construc­ Trade Transport, Other Livestock, rndustry facturing tion and Storage Services Forestry, other than Commerce and Fishing, Household Communi­ Hunting & fndustry cations Plantations, Orchards & Allied Activities

.----.----.-~ M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 6 4 8 1 57 10 4 66 3 229 202 6 4 8 1 57 10 4 66 3 229 202 6 4 8 57 10 4 10 212 183 56 2 17 19

C.VIil SCHEDULED TRIBES WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS AMONG SCHEDULED TRIBES WORKERS Non- , -- -~------.-.--.-----~.-- Workers III IV V VI VII VIII IX X In Mining, At In In In In In Quarrying, Household Manu- Construc- Trade Transport, Other Livestock, Industry facturing tion and Storage Services Forestry, other than Commerce and Fishing, Household Communi- Hunting, & Industry cations Plantations. Orchards & Allied. Activities

~~.------.-- -.------__ ._---- M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3.1

23 3 64 111 14 167 62 78 2 75 154 24 2,657 2,192 19 55 110 13 167 62 74 2 74 124 18 1,838 1,508 4 2 9 4 30 6 819 684 TASLE D-II PLACE OF HIRTH

Enumerated in Country, State, Rural Where Born Urban Unclassi­ Total fiablc

I' hI 3 -" -' 20,453 11,519 11.934 Total Population 18,845 10,495 11.350 A. Born in India R 178 152 26

l)n 17,228 8,963 11.265 1. \"ithin the State of Enumeration R 125 u 104 21 Un 12.'1S7 1,324 5,433 (a) Born in Place of Enumeration R

U 3,413 694 2,719 (b) Born Elsewhere in the District of R Enumeration U

Un 1,058 945 113 (c) Born in Other Districts of the R State 125 104 21 U Un 1,617 1,532 85 II. States in India beyond the State of R Enumeration 53 48 u 5 Un Andhra Pradesh R

Un 1,338 1,297 Jammu and Kashmir R 38 35 3 U Un 28 27 Uttar Pradesh R U Un 3 2 West Bengal R 2 2 U Un

Delhi R U Un Note.-There is no urban area in this District. Figures for Rural are the sameas~torTotal. - 147

TABLE D-II-concld.

PI.ACE OF BIRTH

EllUl11erated in Country, State. Rural Where Born Urban Unc1assi­ Total fiable

P M F 2 3 4 5

Himachal Pradesh R 248 206 4~ U 9 Un

B. Countries in Asia beyond India (including U.S.S.R.) 1,430 872 558

Burma 2 2 China 3 2 Nepal 113 97 J6 Pakistan 64 63 Tibet 1,243 706 537

Elsewhere 5 3 2 148

TABLE CENSUS HOUSES AND THE USES

Occupied Ccnsll>

District/Tahsil Total Total Census Dwclling~ Shop-cum- Workshop­ Rural No. of HOllses Dwellings cum­ Censlis vacant Dwellings Houses at the time of house- listing

2 3 4 5 6 7 Lahaul & Spiti District T 6,439 67l 3,101 9 2J R 6,439 671 3,101 9 23 lahaul Tahsil T 4,594 444 1,857 9 17 R 4,594 444 1,857 ') 17

Spiti Tahsil T 1,845 227 1,244 (, R 1,845 227 1.244 n

Note:':" Thef() lSnolir;)-lo- ar~;1 i nih[i-Dist;:i-ct~ 149

E-I TO WHICH THEY ARE PUT

Houses used as

--~------~- ----_._. Hotels, Shops Business Factories, Schools and Restaurants, Places Public Health Others Sarais, excluding houses Workshops other Sweetmeat of and Medical Dharam- Eating and and Educational shops entertain- institutions, shalas, places Offices Worksheds institutions and ment and Hospitals, Tourist including Eating Community Health homes and Training places gathering centres, Inspection classes, (Panchayat- Doctors' houses Coaching ghar) clinics, and Shop Dispensaries, classes etc. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 36 80 31 374 47 7 9 2,051 36 80 31 374 47 7 9 2,051 35 77 27 302 42 7 7 1,770 35 77 27 302 42 7 7 1,770 3 4 72 5 2 281 3 4 72 5 2 281 150

TABLE E-Il TENURE STATUS OF SAMPLE CENSUS HOUSE HOLDS LIVING IN CENSUS HOUSl':S USED WHOLLY OR PARTLY AS OWE,LLlNG (Based on 20 per cent Sample)

Households Ii, ing in CClh(S House, u'..:d d'

DistrictjTahsi{ Total Tenure Total Dwcllings Shop-cllm- Worbhvp- J),lcllings Rural Status No. of Dwellings cum- with Households Dwellings llllJ~r uses

2 3 4 5 () 7 8

Lahaul & Spiti District Total Total 626 616 6 1 .3 Owned 527 521 4 1 J Rented 99 95 2 2 Rural Total 626 616 6 3 Owned 527 521 4 1 Rented 99 9S 2 2 Lahaul Tahsil Total Total 376 367 5 3 Owned 320 315 3 1 Rented 56 52 2 2

Rural Total 376 367 5 3 Owned 320 315 3 I Rented 56 52 2 2 Spiti Tahsil Total Total 250 249 Owned 207 206 Rented 43 43 Rural Total 250 249 Owned 207 206 Rented 43 43 Note:"::"The re is no urban area in this District. 151

TABLE E-IIl NUMBER OF FACTORIES AND WORKSHOPS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO INDUSTRIES

Lahaul & Spiti District Luhaul Tahsil-concld. Total:-200(361); 230(3); 251 (1); 252(5);255 (4); 200(3); Legarang 200(1); Keur200(12); Beding 273 (7): 311 (1); 369 (15); 200 0); Keylong 200 (17); 230 (I); Kardan Rural:--200 (361); 230 (3); 251 (1): 252 (5); 255 (4); 200(1); 369(1); Barbog200(5); 369 (l);Chhakabc 273 (7); 311 (1); 369 (15). 200 (20); 230 (1); 369 (1); Khoksar 200 (3); Ropsang 200 (10); 255 (4); 273 (2); Gondhla 200 (37); 273 (3); 311 (1); Mooling 200 (20); 273 (1); Lingar 200 (12); Tandi 200 (5); Topemarang Lahaul Tahsil 200 (20); Phunkiar 200 (I).

Total:-·200 (290); 230 (3); 251 (I); 252 (5); 255 (4); Spiti Tahsii 273 (7); 311(1); 369 (8). Total:--200 (7]); 369 (7). Rural :-200 (290); 230 (3); 251 (1); 252 (5); 255 (4); 273 (7); 311 (1); 369 (8): Rural:-200 (71); 369 (7);

Gaons.-Phura 200 (1); Jalma 200 (11); 230 (1); Gaolls-Losar 200(1); Kiomon 200 (1); lhnsa 252(1); 369 (5); Junda 200(2); Galing 200(1); Othang 200 (2); Pangmon 200 0); Hull 200 (2); 200(2); Sheling 200(5); Labaring 200 (7); Shanwar Soomling 200 (1); Khurik 200 (2); Yooldhn 200 200 (3): Delda 200 (4); Kwang 200 0); Jetth (I); Langcha 200 (l);Ke 200 (2); Tashil-gang 200 200 (2); Nalda 200 (8); Mooring 200 (3); Kamarang (l);Dumla 200 (9); Rangrik 200 (5); Kaza 200 (3); 200 (4); Thirot 200 (4); 251 (1); Naingahar Poh 200 (5); Nadhang 200 (I); Pomrang 200 (4); 200 (4); Gwar 200 (2); Chhogzang 200 (2); Tashoo 200 (5); Lad 200 (3); Gu 200 (3); Mana Chokhang 200 (5); Keeling 200 (8); Lindur 200 200 (4); 369 (4); Mana Yogma Kongma (1); Rapring 200 (12); Ruring 252 (2); 200 (2); 369 (1); Gooling 200 (4); Koongre 36') (I); Phong­ Teling bay 200 (2); Rualing 200 (2); Kirting choong 369 (1); Ka 200 (1); Sagnm 200 (1); 200 (2); 273 (1); Marbal 200 (6); Warang 200 (1); Tating 369 (1); 200 (3); Moodh 36') (I); Koma Wari 200 (4); Dangar 200 (7); 252 (1); Yang 200 (5). Tozing 200 (3); 252 (l); Tozing 200 (1); Rangbay Note.- Tl1erels-no urban area in this District. 152

TABLE

DISTRIBUTIO~ OF SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS LIVING IN CENSUS HOU3ES U:-.ED WHOLLY OR MATERIAL (~~a,ed on 20 Predominant

District/Tahsil Total Total Grass, Timber Mud Un burnt Burnt C.I. sheets Rural No. of Leaves. {lricks Brick s or House­ Reeds or other holds Bamboo metal sheds

2 3 4 5 6 7 9 Labaul & Spiti District Total 626 ·n Rural 626 41

Lahaul Tahsil Total 376 Rural 376

Spiti Tahsil Total 250 41 Rural 250 41

No/e.-There is no urban area in this District.

iABLE SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS CLASSIFIED BY NUMBER OF (Based on 20 District/Tahsi] Total Total Total No. of Total Households with no IJou,cholds with Rural No. of Members No. of Regular Room One Room

House- Rooms ~- ----~ ---~--.- holds No. of No. of ~o. of No, of House- Members House- Members holds holds

M F M til F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ':) 10 II 12 Labaul & Spiti Total 626 1,870 1,737 2,511 111 267 110 District Rural 626 1,870 1,737 2,511 III 267 110

'Labau! Tahsil Total 376 1,309 1,201 1,611 81 207 SO Rural 376 1,309 1,201 1,611 al 207 80

Spiti Tahsil Total 250 561 536 900 30 60 30

Rural 250 56 1 536 900 30 60 31)

Nore.-There is no urban area in this District. 153

E-IV PARTLY AS DWELLINGS, BY PREDOMINANT MATERIAL OF WALL, AND PREDOMINANT OF ROOF per cent Sample) Materlal of Wall Predominant Material of Roof Stone Cement All Grass, Tiles, Corru­ Asbestos Brick Concrete All concrete other Leaves, Slate, gated Cement and and other material Reeds, Shingle iron sheets Lime Stone material Thatch, zinc or Wood or other Bamboo metal sheets 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 546 39 583 3 40

546 39 583 3 40

337 39 333 3 40 337 39 333 3 40

209 250 209 250

E-V MEMBERS AND BY NUMBER OF ROOMS OCCUPIED per cent Sample) Households with Households with Households with Households with Five Two Rooms Three Rooms Four Rooms Rooms or more - --_------_-_._---_-- -. No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of House- Members House- Members House- Members House- Members holds holds holds holds

------~ ------_---- M F M F M F M F 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 119 296 246 102 257 286 116 353 377 178 697 718 119 296 246 102 257 286 116 353 377 178 697 718

59 172 152 50 163 162 65 216 240 121 551 567 59 172 152 50 163 162 65 216 240 121 551 567

60 124 94 52 94 124 51 137 137 57 146 151 60 124 94 52 94 124 51 137 137 57 146 151 154

TABLE seT-l INDUSTRlAT, CLASSIFICATION 01, PERSONS AT WORK

WORKERS

-~---- _- - I 11 1lI As As In Mining, Quar- Name of Scheduled Total Total Cultivator Agricultural rying, Livestock, Caste Workers Labourer Forestry, Fishing, Hunting & Planta- tions, Orchards & A Ilied Activities

------P M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J(j 11 12

Lahaul & Spiti

Total 1,103 614 489 385 287 243 261 4 6 Batwal 3 3 3 Balmiki, Chura or Bhangi 16 16 16 Chamar, Jatia Chamar, Rehgar, J Raigar, Ramdasi or Ravidasi J 10 9 9 Dumna, Mahasha or Doom 2 2 2

Kori orKoli 956 520 436 312 266 243 249 3 Sanhai 116 64 52 43 21 12

NOle.-There is no urban area in this District.

TABLE SCT-I INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFIcATION OF PERSONS AT WORK WORKERS ------."------._ -----_------I II 1lI As As In Mining, Quar- Name of Total Total Cultivator Agricultural rying, Livestock, Scheduled Workers Labourer Forestry, Fishing, Tribe Hunting & Planta- tions, 0.rchards & Allied Activities

----- _------_------P M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Lahaul & Spiti

Total 14,132 6,964 7,168 4,307 4,976 3,538 4,510 194 264 23 3 Bhot or Bodh 12,005 5,870 6,135 3,678 4,275 2,966 3,824 193 264 18 3 Gaddi 13 13 13

Swangla 2,114 1,081 1,033 616 701 572 686 4 Note.-There is no urban area in this District. 155

PART A AND NON-WORKERS BY SEX FOR SCHEDULED CASTES

WORKERS Non­ WORKERS Workers IV V VI VII VHr IX X tt' IN SPECIAL OCCUPATION~ At In In In In In Household Manufac­ Constructior< Trade~ Transport, Other Tanning Scaveng­ Industry turing and Storage Services & ing other than Commerce and Currying Household Communi­ of Hide, Industry cations ane! Skim

M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 District-Ruml 4 8 57 10 4 66 3 229 202 2

2 14

5 3 2

4 8 49 3 4 3 208 170 7 42 2 21 31

PART B AND NON-WORKERS BY SEX I<'OR SCHEDULED TRIBES

WORKERS I\'on-

""------.-_._---_.. ------.. _-_.- ----~-- - ~----~---- "_------Workers IV V VI VII VIII IX X At In In In In In Household Manufac- Construe- Trace Transport, Other Industry turing tion and Storage Services other than Commerce and Household Communi- Industry cations

---"------~------_._------_"-- --_- M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 District-Rural

64 111 14 167 62 78 2 75 154 24 2,657 2,192 55 98 14 163 62 69 2 75 125 22 2,192 1,860 10

9 13 4 8 19 2 465 332 156

APPENDIX TO TABLE seT-I PART A Statement showing Scheduled Castes Population

Total Sch;:JulcJ Caste> Population District/rahsil Rural Persons Mdles f".::nales 2 3 4

Lahaul & Spiti District T 1.103 614 489

R 1,103 614 489

Lahaul Tahsil T 997 541 456

R 'i')7 541 456 Spiti Tahsil T 106 73 _,3

R 106 73 3.1

N:Jle~ Therc-is-no ur;)a'1 area in-tbls- District.

APPENDIX TO TABLE SCT-I PART B Statement sh()wing Scheduled Tribes Population

Scheduled Tribes Population District/Tahsil Total Rural Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5

Labaul & Spiti District T 14,132 6,964 7,168

R 14,132 6,964 7,168

Lahaul Tahsil T 9,323 4.565 4,758

R 9,323 4,565 4,758

Spiti Tahsil T 4,809 2,399 2,410

R 4,809 2,399 2,410 157

M -<

, u.,

I 1:::2

(""I o <1) ..... "'":s !O

!'~"'" N I ,:2 N

'I.l..

,"", 00 .~.... ", i; :::2 ~lM .c o ,:3 ('I r­ N '" :~ '/) "'~ ..,. ~'~~

,I .~"'".... N on ~ , I.l.. :::2 .... r­ 1 <1) - >­ - <1) I - Z

1:::2 ..,. a N ...N \ ,,,", I o \0 I ..... Ie- -

r-.....

.~

(/) 158

, or,c \'0

<", rJ

i~ <'I '"::l !~ 10 'C , .~ I

00

o .... on00

r­ 00 N

i ~

r­ N 00

e

"C w.. N Q) -c !IJ.. 'i" ,'E '0 u u ~~ ,~ ~ 2'r. E~ 2: r', -c :::> '..,.I~

N 0 r, C IJ.. -c N ~ -c:l :IJ.. i __ ' ...... ,,-c:l I '0 Q) I 2. ,::: 0. ... ,..., ~ ",. rJ i 'Ci~ i~ or) o~ ~ '"

110 Or> ifJ 00 ,..., 'C ir.r.. 0() co ~ or) '0 I -c:l IJ.. 0 E-< 0) Q) '" rn ;< [;:: c fLJ. 0 -< '0 "C U ~ ~ co co c 00 ~ r-- ~ or, 0 0() 0- .... 1.0 '0 ; .... rl ~ U ::E .... t:: ~ A 0 iJ.I (J Q ~ 1-< t;,;J [;;;l Q\ 0- r.;. or) - '0 If) 'lC ~ 2: or) ~ rn v f-< o(l « t- M 0- p.. ~ 0 ::E r-- (") ~ ifJ ~ o(l N r; ;:J :; ~ < 01 p.. .c J ~ ....l :; ..... 0: - <1 ...... ~ "C ....l - 00 -c:l r-- ,~ ~ -=<1 t- O , E-< .... t Q) ;,0 .... or) f/) ~ 0 -.l 10 0 E-< 1JJ. '0.... 'C t- N on E-< ... IJ.. 1.0 U J,I.l ..; r', f/) .... ~'" ..J ~ ::E'" J,I.l <- ... Fn ..J .... ~ 1.0 iJ:l ~ -< '" 0 Z ~ or) f-o " '"If) .... 0 '" z ::E CXI N 1.0 <- ..; ...., ~ ~ ~ '" ~ ~ <. Z N ao or. M IJ.. .,., ::?1 , M <. 10 ... q IJ.. '

N .,., ",. ....I"') ''"1 .... N ..; 8 - ~ ... N N ri';;; 5 .2 0) en ~i ..0 01 .~ 8 ~'".~ 'C U Q E-< '0 ..c: :a ...... IX)'" 5,~ 0 '0 ~ 01", .., ::I .... :; '0 0 ..c:'" u'O ..c:'" '0 ..c:

'-0 00 ;"0 "1 N ...i., u.. ~ -0 <;:; C) 'u ,'E Q)I/J OJ", c..;::l o.;J "'_CO: I r- "'-COl ...-C/l~- I~ "l ~JVi

-D r- 1i..L ".,...., ..,. 'l.) 1"-

;- '"-. ~ c:.. N "0_. '" :~ i ~'1:l r; "0 8 1-

,_ or ~ N ..,.., ..... ce ..., llJ.. N a- CJ 1'0 ?: i!J ,,g I ~ to '>;) if) ;.IJ ~ '3 " ,2 I en ~ t: rtJ 0 a OJ 0 >.0 I""- i O(! «! ::: <') ~ i~ I ..... '" ~ Z 1£, 'V i~ 0\ U 00 r ~ i~ .... "5 E-< 00 ~ M '; t-;,'" "'l. ' M 00 ..... V) .,.J :> 0-, < Q) t'- ' I~ N Z .~ C"l Ie .,.J rn ... - N 1"1... ~ .... ~ ,.,J Z ~ ~ -< -< c:r: E-< ~ ...., - [-0 OQ < 0' ~ 0 'Q{# <.:: ...."'" - 00 'V 1!1\ 0'), !IJ.. ::E 0 00 - M '" w... N ..., ~ < Q .., ~ I -;:; ". iii I z (5 0 I ..., « l- "0 CIC) Vl Z c:> \C> QC <'I ,,> M I-< i~ ~ ~ M :..( .... III 0 .... r- "t' 0 '" M r-i 0 .... ('I 0 >0 '

QJ d) .D .0 ';:' ~ !- '0 "0 d) OJ :; ::i '0 '0 ..<: 'lJ ..r:: 0 "'0 "0 ...c 0 fj 0 U (/') [Jl ~ ~ <...... _ .. oS 0 ..... 0 0 c ~ tv '.;:) ~ 0} .... ;;; c:I :::: Oi e '] 0 '0 CIII '0 '0

,u:, .,.,0 '1:1 Iu:, N Q) '1:1 1.0 (J:l (L) 'u (J:l "' o.::l '0 tI) ..... a.'" .....::l ",$1 0'\ ctI ::lVl '::0;: ..... "'" ;:;00"' :E ::0

DO QO V) M ,. N N ;0'0 /u:. 0 'u:. 1.0 "''''IU~ : --'0 S~· '0", .:: a. I Uc0. ;::0;: ._ '" CiVl 0'\ ::0;: on

on DO 1.0 ..,.'"0'1 'u:. ..___ 00 "'" "'" "'" on '1:1 "'" '0 ;u:. ~ ;!:'" '"0 0 '0 '0 ...; 00 II") I"- 1.0 '1:i QO .... 00 '0 Iiol ::0;: M on ~ ~ ;:: N N c:: CCl "'" w .,.,t- o 0 CCl :::0;: .... U .... Cl 0 0::; 1 ~ 1u E-- t:J Q .~ b ... t- ... '" .,.,M 5 ~ w ..,;i ;;E !Xl ...J -< Z « ~ !Xl E-< E-< 0::; -< ..... III M f-i 0::; -< iu:. 0 ..,.QO '"0 .....00 "? -< .,.,N ~ I "'" ~ u:. 10; I '"' Q -;;; ~ ! -< !~ ~ ~ liiiI i IX) M .,., 00- 0 0 r..;j ;;E ;;; C!l '~ M i "!, N C!l -< '"' -<

.0 '" " 0 '-a ... "'6h 0 cQ [/), ro 3 Cd 1 I-< 0 .<:: ;!: Z ~ >Q 0 U'l 162

TABLE seT-III PART B 0) EDVCATION IN R(./RAl. AREAS ONLY FOR SCHEDULEO CASTES

£DCCATIONAL LEVELS Name of Scheduled Caste Total H1iterate Literate (without Primary or Matriculation educationa I level) Junior Bask and above

---~------M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 0 l) f(I II Lahanl & Spiti District Total 614 489 486 486 72 " 51 5 Batwal 3 2 Balmiki, Chura or Bhangi 16 13 2 Chamar, Jatia Chamar, Rehgar, Raigar, Ramdasi or Ravidasi 9 7 Dumna, Mahasha or Doom 2 Korior Koli 520 436 428 433 55 3 37 Sanhai 64 52 35 52 14 13 :2

TABLE SeT-Ill PART B (ii) EDUCATION IN RURAL AREAS ONLY FOR SCHEDULED TRLBES

EDUCATIONAL LEVELS ------_ ------Name of Scheduled Tribc Total JIliterate Literate (without Primary or Matriculation educational level) Junior Basi" and above

~------~---_..- .------M F M F M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Labanl & Spiti District

Total 6,964 7,168 4,910 6,896 1,338 222 656 49 60 Bhot orBodh 5,870 6,135 4,262 5,892 1,085 198 475 44 48 Gaddi 13 12 Swangla 1,081 1,033 636 1,004 252 24 181 5 12 163

TABLE seT-IV PART A RELlGl0N FOR SCHEDULED cASTES NAME OF RELIGiON

Name of Scheduled Caste Rural Total Hindu Sikh

p F M I- M F

3 4 5 6 7 8 <)

Lahalll &. Spiti District

Total Rural 1,103 61..J 489 614 489

Batwal Rural 3 :I

Balmiki, Chura or Bhangi Rural 16 16 16

Chamar, Jatia ChamaI'. Rchgar, Raigar, Ramdasi or Ravidasi Rural 10 ') 9

Dumna, Mahasha or Doom Rural 2 2 2

Kori or Koli Rural 956 520 436 520 436 Sanhai Rural 116 64 52 64 52

No(e.-There IS no urban arCH In thIs District.

TABLE SeT-IV PART B

RELIGION FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES

NAME Of REUGION ._------_-- -- Name of Rural Total Scheduled Tribe Buddhist Hindu Indefinite Religion not beliefs stated -----_- ----~- . __.------P M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 IJ Lahaul & Spiti District

Total R 14,132 6,964 7,168 4,034 4,145 2,930 3,023

Bhot or Bodh R 12,005 5,870 6,135 4,034 4,145 1,836 1,990

Gaddi R 13 13 13

Swangla R 2,114 1,081 1,033 1,081 1,033

Note.-There is no urban area in this District. 164

TARLE SCT-V . PART A SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED IN CULTIVATION CLASSIFIED BY INTEREST I~ LA~f) AND SIZE OF LAND CULTIVATED IN RURAL AREAS ONL Y FOR ME.\mERS OF SCHCOULim CASTE'3

(Households of ;\[embers of Scheduled Castes in a 21) per cent Sample of all HOiJ'ic:1OIth)

Households engaged in Cultivation by Size of Land in Acr~, Interest in Land Number of Cultivated Cultivating Less 1.0 - 2.5--- 5.0- 7.5- 10.0 12.5 - 15.0-- ~O.O- '0 Un- Households than I 2.4 4.9 7.4 9.9 12.4 14.9 29.9 .1'>.9 'pccified

3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13

Lahaul & Spiti District

Total 31 6 21 3 1

(a) 31 21 3

(b)

(c)

,- Vote~~(a) lneans owned Or l:;eidfronl-Government. (b) means held frol11 private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share.

(c) l11ean~ partly held from Government and partly from private persons for payment in money. kind or ,hare.

TABLE SCT-V PART B SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS ENGAGED IN CULTLVATlO~ CLASSIFIED BY l.N'TEREST IN L,\".;o AND SIZE OF LAND CULTIVATED IN RURA.L .4REAS ONLY FOR ME\1BERS OF SCHEDULED TRIBES

lHouseholds of Members of Scheduled Tribes in a 20 per CClIt Sample of all Hou~eholils)

Households engaged in CultiHllion by Si7e of l.and in A,,', cS Tnterest in Land Number of --_._--_. _._-----_---- - Cultivated Cultivating Lcss 1.0- 2.5- 5.0- 7.5- 10.0- 12.5--- 15.0- 30.0-- 50: Ull- Households than 1 2.4 4.9 7.4 9.9 12.4 14.9 29.9 49.9 specific d

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II )2 13

Lallaul & Spiti District

Total 413 42 139 123 68 14 12 6 5

(a) 365 32 124 III 62 12 11 5 5

(b) 20 9 9 2

(c) 28 6 10 6 2

Note.-(a) means owned or held from Government. (b) mcans held from private persons or institutions for payment in mony, kind or silare. (c) m::ans partly held from Government and partly from private persons for payment in money, ki'1d of ,hare. 165

'" t'l eo :::> tii" N- a "'. ;::: ~ II> -5 "1' ':I" CJ) 1(", V', 0 OJ c;.,.. - r. ~ 0 j;(.o t::..;_c 0 U'I ~ ttl}".. '"~ ..,;: ~:=:E§: g 0°",- ~ 0..-=.2';1) :> - ...... e;..= i~ ~ GEE';:: ~ ~O,) N <-·1 , 'J') ~ ~~ ~ ... co. 0 .... 0 c; -..e Vl E: "0- Z t-u'SC1 ~ C o....c::o d Eo-< - 1 '.n -< I"S:: U ell;" "" ~ .5..8 ~ 0 .;,e <:.0 d:: 8~r.t:l C)._ 2 S ~ }~ ",f;:: ,__ ... 0 t:l ;.-.'" ", ~o,_ t '-'-::: :t: E-I , is 12'" .:: >- "II ;,0 C. 'lJ Eo-< ,'_'a U- JLL.. ,_E~ c ~ -< :; .~ ~ ~ _"0-"" ...., ..0 .". -0 - :;.l ':::'::1 :..£'" ~ ..., 6 0 'r; -! '" r- ~ ~ii2 ....:j - ''-' v:l ~ U'J i~'" ..::; ~ -< ~ ~ t) it;j = f-i Q j N -< ! 0 ·!e i-< >€ 1£'" "- t1 ." =0 ! 0- -.c ~ '-' ~ ~§ M $ "." N ~ Col; 0'- 'J> ,." M i_ U l,.!g 01 ~ CIJ :s:Er ::;:; :::;'-' I:: a. :~ ~ "'" i 00- ~~ ·0.. VJ ..... 0 r- '. § .... 0;,) Z ~ ~ ..... i,E 00 > ""c ..: .£ __g , i1 ::l ~ .;::E'" ~ 0 i~ '0 i ~ ..0 IJ..l !-< ;:::; '.5 -p. l: < j.g 166

TABLE ST-I MOTHER TONGlJE AND BILINGUALISM FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES

Name of Total Mother LOngue and Subsidiary languag~ Scheduled Tribe speakers total number of persons returned as speaking a language subsidiar.v to mother tongue

----~---- M f M F

2 3 4 5 6 Lahaul & Spiti District Total 6,964 7,168 2,058 633 llhotia - l)nSllecifled

Bhot or Bool1 2,484 2,477 266 30 Hindi (M-164, F-19). Hindustani (~l 30). Lahuli (M-l. F-4), Urdu (M-71, F-7).

Bhutani

2 2 Urdu (F-l).

Lahuli

3,291 ],604 1.273 549 Bhotia-Unspecified (M-314, F·37(». Lngli,h (M-lO), Hindi (M-600, F-149J, Urdu (M-339, F-24).

Nepali

35 6 25 6 Bhotia-Unspecified (M-2, F-4). llindi (M-5). Tibetan (M-l, F-l), Urdu (M-17, F-I).

Spiti 2 Bhotia-Unspeclfled (M-i). Tibetan 58 46 28 15 Bhotia'Unspeclfied (M-g, F-4), Hindi (M-4, F-5), Nepali (M-3, F-3), Urdu (M-l3, F-3).

Gaddi Bharmauri-Gaddi Urdu (M-I).

Hindi

4 Kangri

8

Swangla Bhotia-Unspecified 7 4 Lahuli (F-2J, Urdu (F-2).

Hindi

Lahuli

1,081 1.023 464 26 Bhotia-unspecified (F-l), Engbh (M-4), Hindi (M-240 F-19), Urdu (M-220, F-6), >

Tibetan 2 Hindi (F-l). 167

TABLE ST-I1 PERSONS NOT AT WORK CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND TYP1<: OF ACTIVITY FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES

Name of Total Full time Persons seeking Persons em- Others Scheduled Tribl' Non-Working Students employment ployed before, Population for the but now out first time of employment aml seeking work

-.-.~--~--- P M F M F M F M I- M I-

2 3 4 5 (, 7 8 ') 10 11 12

Lah3nl & Spiti District

Iotal 4.849 2,657 2,192 861 203 2 5 1,789 1,989

Bhot or Bodh 4,052 2,192 1,860 638 l~O 2 J 1.549 1,680 Gaddi Swangla 797 465 332 223 -")0 2 240 309

PART V

DIRECTORY

lnformati on is presented separately for each Tahsil of the District

CONTENTS

Page

Lahaul Tahsil Kothis/Gaons 172

Spiti Tahsil Kothis/Gaons 180

Alphabetical List of Gaons J85 EXPLANATORY NOTE

1. In this Part are presented for each Village and Kothi in this District, its area and 1961 Population, classified by sex and main industrial catcgories. The term village, in all censuses from 1901, has been ~sed for an area for which a s~parate R~cord of Rights is mlintained, or which has been separately asse­ ssed to Land Revenue,or would haw been so assessed if the Land Revenue had not been realised or compoun­ ded or redeemed, or which the State Government has otherwise declared as an estate. This dl?finition or ~illage is id~ntical with that of lIlalCa un.ler section 3 (I) of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, 1887. The ,definition applies to a demarcated area of land and not to residential &ites. In hiJls cultivation is generally scattered and the population generally lives in homesteads built on individual farms or in groups or hamlets. There also the revcuue cstate is known as mau;:a, but the smaller units are cJlled tikkas in Kangra District, except in KuJu where the revenue estate is termed as kothi and the smaller unit as phati. In Lahaul & Spiti District, the revenue estate is referred to as kothi and its smaller component as gaOl1.

2. Gaons having no population h'.l.ve been shown as Uninhabited.

3. In the Village Directory, villages are presented Tahsilwise, and within a Tahsil in order 0[' their . Location Code Numbers. The Code Numbers were assigned for the purpose of 1961 Census work, as far as possible, arranging the villages trom north-west to south-east. Kothi Numbers are shown in Column 2.

. 4. C()lumn 3 gives information on amenities based on the Village Notes prepared by the Patwaris at the time of the 1961 Census. These Village Notes contain several useful items of information which it has not been possible to pr.!sent in this Directory for want of spac~. The amenities relate to education, medical facilities, post and ti:legraph, safe water-supply and electrification, and are indicated by the following abbreviations :-

P-Primary School. M-Middle School. H-High School. C-College, including higher'institutions. T - Technical Institution. D-Dispensary. Rhc-Rura1 Health Centre. Hos-Hospital. Mp-Medical Practitioner. Mew-Maternity and Child Welfare Centre. Po-Post Office. P&T-Post and Telegraph Office. S-Safe or protected supply of drin.kipg water. E(A)-Eleetrieity for agricultural use. E (D)-Electricity for Domestic use. 170 171

5. Column 4 shows geograpJlical area, information for which \\as obtained from the Village Pilfers "". supplied by the Deputy Commissioner for the rural areas.

6. Column 5 rela!e~ to occupied houses, i.e., hOllses used as dwellings or conjointly as dwellings and for som-:: other purpose. e. g., shop-cum-dwellings. Column 6 shows the number of hou.leholds. A hUlIsehold means th,~ entire group l)f persolls who commonly live togcthcr in the same house. and take their me,ils from the common kitchen or mess.

7. Calu:nns 10 to 13 pr~~ccnt the number of pCrsons belonging to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes as notified in GJVCrnme'1l of India. Ministry of Home Affairs communication Nc'. S.R.O. '24'i7-A, dated the 29th October, 1956 and p:lb:ished as "The Sched ulcd Castes and Scheduled Trib'.;s Lists ivlodifi­ cation Order. 1956".

8. ColUmns 14 and 15 give the numb~r oflliterate and educate(1 persons. A literate pel'S(,1\ was taken as one who cOlild read and write a simple letter. In case he had passed a written examination a~ proof of an ejucationai standard, he was recorded as educated.

9. Columns 16 to 37 present figures for f;Vorkers and Non-Workers. For the definition of t]e Lr1l1~ Worker and Non-worker :md description of the categories of workers, the reader may sec the Exp:aniitory Note to Part III in this volume. The nine categories cfworkers have been denoted by Roman numerals.

I--Working as cultivator (owner cultivator or tenant).

Il--Working as agricultural ]ab'Jurer.

HI-Working in mining, quarrying, livestock, forestry. fishing, hunting and plantations, olchards and allied activities.

IV-Working in household indu~try.

V-Wclrking in m~ll1ufacturing other than household Industry. VI-Working in construction.

VlI-Working in trade and commerce.

VIII-Working in transport, storage and communications.

IX-Working in other services. 172

LAHAUI, TAHSIL VILLAGE

SI. Villag'~ (Kothi)/Gaon Amenities Area Occu- House- Total Scheduled Scheduled I iterate & No. inSq. pied holds Population Castes Tribes I '"catea Miles Houses p M F M F M F 1\1 F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 I,f 15

Kothi No.1 1.96 275 280 2,064 1,060 1,004 110 102 R61 866 -t24 411 Phura P. 14 14 141 65 76 65 7(, 18 "- Hauling 2 2 21 13 8 13 8 II Jalma M.D.Po. 53 53 353 175 178 31 ~O 110 122 72 6 Junda P. 19 19 142 79 63 \9 \0 60 51 49 2 Taljon P. 11 11 \ 14 56 58 56 -,,'", 31 Galing 3 3 25 10 15 10 15 5 Othang P. 7 8 61 29 32 .. 29 32 13 4

Yangthang 5 5 27 14 13 1 14 12 5 ' . Lomach 5 5 28 12 16 12 16 5 I

Tibok 2 2 :20 13 7 13 7 6 Khrauti I I 5 2 3 2 3 I Lechawar 3 3 36 20 16 20 16 8 Shelling 7 7 35 17 18 .. 17 18 3 Labaring 12 12 88 45 43 31 28 14 15 2

Bhabaring 3 4 47 26 21 5 4 19 111 15 Shanwar 2 2 JO 4 6 4 6 2 Chambak 6 6 61 23 38 23 38 II

DeJda 3 3 22 13 9 " .. 3 Kwang 5 5 33 17 16 17 16 7

Jetth P 17 17 93 51 42 51 42 II 5 Naida P. 32 32 213 110 103 24 28 Sf) 7<, 17 n Mooring M.T. 5 8 52 29 23 28 23 19 Dandak M. 3 3 34 18 16 18 16 II Kamarang 12 12 87 44 43 44 43 15

Thirot P. 19 19 108 80 28 41 28 30 Naingahar P. 8 8 72 31 4J 31 41 13 10 Gwar 2 2 16 6 10 6 JO I

Chhogzang P. 3 3 24 12 12 " 12 12 4 Chokhang 11 11 96 46 50 I 46 49 16 10

2 Kothi No.2 1.17 121 121 934 456 478 53 53 397 424 142 21 Keeling P. 62 62 457 216 241 25 30 185 210 101 J3 Lindur 17 17 109 52 57 52 57 II 5 Rapring 6 6 57 27 30 27 30 3 Kothi 5 5 40 21 19 .. 21 19 -' Gohrma 31 31 271 140 131 28 23 112 108 24 ..)

3 Kothi No.3 0.90 73 73 596 260 336 35 30 215 306 9-1 8 Ruring Po. 6 6 41 16 26 16 26 l) 2 Melling 5 5 50 22 28 22 28 7 Telingbay 5 5 46 15 31 15 :n (, Rualing 6 6 56 23 33 23 33 II

Dhwansha 8 8 76 29 47 29 47 II .. Yang Kirting 8 8 83 43 40 33 40 15 3 Thing Phdak 6 6 64 25 39 25 39 10 Kirting 29 29 179 87 92 34 30 52 62 25 3

4 Kothi No.4 1.06 103 104 873 437 436 35 _0':\' 402 401l 197 13 Marbal 8 8 86 38 48 38 4;-( 27 I Warang 1 I 22 10 12 10 12 5 3 Wari 12 13 91 40 SI 40 51 :::!3 4 Dangar 1 1 12 8 4 8 4 3

Yang Tozing 3 3 29 16 13 10 13 10 .. Tozing 10 10 79 37 42 37 42 14 2 Rangbay 19 19 151 73 78 73 78 36 2 yangrang 6 6 60 34 26 34 26 7 Lap Shak 8 8 90 55 35 55 35 14 173

DIRECTORY LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT

WORKERS No"J­ Sl. \VORKFRS No. Total (I-IX) 11 TIT IV V VI vn VI[[ IX '<

M F M F M F M F M F MFMFMFMF M F M P

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 643 668 553 656 1 9 11 ., .. 47 .. 1 7 .. 24 417 336 1 33 57 32 52 4 ., ...... 32 \9 8 6 8 6 · . · . .. 5 2 106 123 74 121 5 2 .. .. 5 ...... 6 .. 16 69 55 49 46 47 45 I I .. 1 30 17

28 35 28 35 28 23 5 858 ..... , ...... o. .. 5 1 20 22 18 22 · . · . 1 .. J 9 10 9 9 8 8 1 I 5 4 7 13 7 13 5 3 9 6 9 6 4 1 2 2 2 2 .. 1 > 17 9 17 9 · . .> 7 11 13 11 11 2 .. 6 5 31 25 31 25 14 18 21 15 20 15 5 6 2 4 2 4 .... 2 2 16 28 Hi 27 1 7 10 6 5 6 5 7 4 9 10 9 10 8 (, 28 28 28 28 21 14 55 60 54 60 1 55 43 17 14 14 14 3 12 l) 13 9 13 9 · . 5 7 26 30 25 30 1 18 13 60 17 15 17 .. 42 .. 1 .. 2 20 II 19 24 19 24 12 17 4 6 4 6 2 4 7 8 7 8 .. 5 4 25 36 24 36 1 21 14 263 323 240 316 1 3 4 8 .. .. 12 2 193 155 2 132 174 114 171 1 1 8 .. .. 9 2 84 67 34 36 33 35 1 I 18 21 12 20 12 20 15 10 11 15 11 15 · . 10 4 74 78 70 75 2 3 2 66 53 144 240 125 237 1 3 1 1 .. 15 1 116 <;6 3 8 21 6 20 I .. 2 8 5 13 18 13 18 .. 9 10 10 21 9 21 J 5 10 13 25 12 25 1 10 8 16 32 16 32 .. 13 15 .. 25 30 15 29 9 18 10 13 29 12 29 . . .. 12 10 46 64 42 63 2 2 1 41 28 262 3]5 243 297 1 8 17 .. 1 .. 7 175 III 29 32 27 31 2 1 9 16 8 7 8 7 ...... 2 5 " 27 38 24 34 J J I 3 .. 1 13 13 3 3 3 2 1 .. 5 1

8 8 8 8 .. 8 5 20 21 19 19 2 1 .. 17 21 44 65 39 62 2 3 .. 3 29 13 17 19 15 19 2 ...... 17 7 29 27 29 22 5 26 8 174

LAHAUL TAHSIL VILLAGE

Sl. Village (Kothi)/Gaon A111~nitie, Area Occu- Hou'~- Total Scheduled Scheduled Litcrak & No. inSq. pied holds Population Castes] Tribes Educated Miles Houses

--- .-- --.~ ----. P M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 (i 7 8 9 10 1l 12 13 14 15 Kothi No. 4-concld. Karing 5 5 53 30 23 30 23 19 To-Karing 2 :2 11 6 5 .. 6 5 . . Lotc M. 28 28 189 90 99 35 36 55 63 39

5 Kothi No.5 0.86 122 122 83J 409 422 14 10 369 412 181 40 Tandi P. Po. 20 20 165 76 89 7 8 68 81 24 6 Lesumnang 10 10 74 35 39 35 39 12 3 Bokta 2 2 17 8 9 g 9 Phunklar 5 5 28 15 13 15 13 2 Kargu 13 13 29 29 4 27 Tholang P. 34 34 265 118 147 3 2 115 145 52 21 Malang M .Po. 20 20 114 54 60 54 60 26 6 Parandas 3 3 25 9 16 9 16 5 2 Legarang 2 2 17 10 7 10 7 5

Depay Marang 2 2 21 13 8 13 8 5 Topemarang 3 3 28 14 14 14 14 8 1 Krozing 8 8 48 28 20 28 20 15 1

6 Kothi No.6 1-85 302 302 1,519 837 682 43 29 581 568 396 35 Kwaring P. 20 20 118 60 58 14 Guskiari 7 7 60 34 26 32 25 13 Gumling Mp. 3 3 33 21 12 21 12 6 Satingri 4 4 47 23 24 23 24 12

Bar 3 3 II 4 7 4 7 Gremus 4 4 41 16 25 16 25 Mangon 4 4 12 7 5 6 4 4 Keur 6 6 36 18 18 .. 18 18 15 1 Gumrang 11 11 65 39 26 I 38 25 2 2

Yurnath P. 8 8 68 37 31 6 3 27 28 8 Beeling Mp. 36 36 219 126 93 1 112 92 58 Keylong H.D. Mp (6). 183 183 779 440 339 35 25 272 290 261 30 P&T. Tayul 9 9 17 6 11 6 11 2 Bokar 4 4 13 6 7 6 7

7 Kothi No.7 0.37 65 65 311 158 153 158 153 49 4 Kardang P. Mp (2). 51 51 240 122 118 122 118 43 4 Gwazing 14 14 71 36 35 36 35 6 8 Kothi No.8 0.58 83 83 422 212 210 201 210 116 19 Barbog 3 3 17 9 8 9 8 4 Pasprag 7 7 46 20 26 20 26 3 Lapchang 21 21 80 39 41 39 41 23 8 Chheling Mp. 7 7 59 31 28 31 28 16 1 Joling 2 2 13 5 8 5 8 2 Thola Piaso 9 9 37 21 16 10 16 14 Peukar P. 34 34 170 87 83 87 83 54 10

i 9 Kothi No.9 1.57 179 180 1,065 538 527 3 5 1 107 10 Chhakabe 4 4 23 13 10 ~ Rarik I 7 49 24 25 2 Linkyon 5 5 21 13 8 1 Baryo 1 1 11 2 9 1 Rangyo 6 6 34 17 17 .. Darcha Sumdu P. 5 5 24 14 10 1 Yoche 8 8 63 26 37 4 Darcha Dangma 15 15 93 48 45 2 1 Un. 175

DIRECTORY LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT

WORKERS No,,· SI. WORK (,RS No. Total (I~IX) II III IV v VI V[ VIII IX X

M F M F M F M F M F MfMFMFMF M F M F

16 17 18 Il) 20 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

18 21 15 21 12 2 3 3 3 3 ...... " .. 3 2 56 71 53 69 2 .. 1 2 34 28

240 299 176 266 6 6 6 19 3 31 5 4 7 .. 7 3 169 123 5 52 60 23 43 5 6 3 6 2 .. JO 3 4 .. 1 3 3 24 29 19 26 II 24 I I 3 I 3 .. I 16 13 5 8 3 8 .... 2 .. 3 I 8 8 4 6 1 4 1 7 5 14 ...... , 14 ...... 15 70 104 67 98 2 5 .. I .. . . 48 43 29 43 25 39 I 4 .. .. 3 25 17 8 11 8 10 1 .. 1 5 4 6 4 6 6 1

6 6 6 6 7 2 6 12 6 12 .. 8 2 19 15 19 14 1 9 5 586 457 360 406 6 8 12 6 33 5 26 .. 13 .. 6 .. 152 9 251 225 6 40 36 34 32 I 2 1 I 1 2 I .... 20 22 24 20 22 20 1 . . . . 1 10 6 20 10 19 10 ...... I 1 2 17 19 13 18 1 .. 1 .. 1 .. 2 6 5 4 6 4 6 1 13 14 13 14 3 II 7 4 7 4 ...... I 16 15 15 13 2 .. 2 3 31 21 31 21 8 5

29 22 23 22 ...... ,.', .. 5 8 9 85 62 59 60 .. " 2 7 ...... 19 . . 41 31 291 218 111 176 S 6 10 5 27 3 .. 16 .. 13 . . 5 " 123 ') 149 121 6 6 6 6 5 3 4 3 4 3 3 81 89 56 86 2 2 3 .. 18 .. 2 77 64 7 63 70 39 67 1 2 3 .. 18 2 59 48 18 19 17 19 1 18 16

131 155 62 131 7 4 2 16 20 .... 11 .. 30 .. 2 .. 1 81 55 8 7 8 7 8 .. ,. 2 . . 14 20 11 20 ...... 2 .. 1 .. 6 6 19 26 7 21 S 1 1 4 .. 6 .. 20 15 19 23 6 16 2 2 6 5 .. 5 12 5

I 6 1 4 2 4 2 19 12 5 10 .. 1 2 2 11 .. o. " 2 4 52 60 25 52 1 1 7 7 .. .. 17 .. 1 .. J 35 23 318 339 265 321 2 5 10 3 5 18 .. .. 5 .. 120 3 220 188 9 6 9 6 4 4 15 16 15 15 1 ..... , 9 l) 10 5 2 5 5 .. 3 3 3 2 5 1 4 1 1 4

12 10 12 10 S 7 8 6 7 5 1 .. 6 4 14 31 14 31 12 6 31 23 31 23 17 22' inhabited 176

LAHAUL TAHSIL V1LJ~AGE

SI. Vilhtge (Kothi)/Gaon Amenities Area Occu- House- Total Scheduled ~chedulcd Literate & No. in Sq. pied holds Population Castes Tribes EUUCall:O Miles Houses

p M F M F M F M r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Koth; No. 9--conc1d. Jispa P. Mp (2). Po. 24 25 147 76 71 3 5 34 3 Bok 12 12 66 38 28 9 GemliT Mp. S 8 16 11 5 7 ]. Mey Mp. 11 II 50 21 29 I Rolingpur 2 2 10 6 4 I Khangsar g 8 57 26 31 6 3 Longar .. 7 7 31 16 15 I Kolang M. 13 13 71 38 33 15 Sarang II 11 59 33 26 R Kelad 5 5 42 22 20 5

Rangark 6 6 40 19 21 5 '. P. Mp (3). 21 21 158 75 83 4 I

to Kothi No. 10 0.41 621 623 3,658 2,842 816 44 16 255 214 47[ 34 Khoksar P. Po. 6 6 52 21 31 21 31 4 :I Rest·Holise 105 107 309 238 71 12 4 107 64 96 Dampok 31 31 93 52 41 44 36 11 3 Lalang 1 I 12 6 6 6 6 2 Tailing P. 8 8 60 26 34 26 34 .12 4 Rangcha 4 4 14 7 7 7 7 5 3 Kharchat Kongma 3 3 20 13 7 13 7 6 Sarkhang 4 4 30 10 20 10 20 :I Eogcha 2 2 8 6 2 6 2 Chimya-Marti 2 2 14 9 5 .. .. 9 5 5 Grampll-Tochhatra 455 455 3,046 2,454 592 32 12 6 2 327 21 B & R Labour .11 Kothi No. 11 0.73 75 77 484 264 220 20 188 199 91 14 Ropsang II 11 83 44 39 33 39 15 2 Jonglang 4 4 23 15 8 15 8 5 Khangsar 2 2 20 9 II 9 11 I 1 Shashan M.T. Po. 14 14 104 54 50 52 50 20 7

Khwaling 12 14 64 40 24 19 24 23 Chhokar 2 2 13 7 I) 7 I) 2 Kebak 2 2 II 6 5 .. 1 .. Labrang 3 3 14 6 R 6 8 2 Ratal 5 5 24 9 15 2 2 4

Shurthang 3 3 18 8 10 8 7 3 Kathal 6 6 32 30 2 19 2 2 8 Jagdang 7 7 43 18 25 17 25 2 ,Compathang Mp. 4 4 35 18 17 18 16 6

12 Kothi No. 12 1.46 169 174 1,086 556 530 76 80 464 446 143 21 Gondhla M.D. Rhe. Po. 37 37 229 122 107 2S 23 89 84 30 8 Dolang 16 16 68 34 34 34 34 3 1 Thorang 14 16 88 56 32 53 32 25 Phuktal 7 9 45 26 19 26 19 4

Tiling 9 9 50 21 29 18 29 8 Purad 7 7 49 25 24 25 24 8 .. Moorti 2 2 14 5 9 5 9 2 1 Khinang 10 10 74 39 35 39 35 8 Kangcha 17 18 136 67 69 3 6 64 63 16

Jagla 13 13 72 37 35 37 3S 8 'Sakkar 3 3 31 17 14 17 14 4 Shogu 2 2 16 7 9 7 9 4 Raling 5 5 40 16 24 13 20 3 I

Khorpani P 6 6 39 18 21 2 7 16 14 7 1 .Shulling 21 21 135 66 69 45 44 21 25 13 5 177

DIRECTORY LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT

WORKFRS NON­ Sl. ------~------WORKERS No. Total (I-IX) I J[ IIf IV V VI VI[ VIlJ IX X M F M F M F M F M F MFMFMFMF M F M F 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

51 42 31 40 2 .. .. 7 12 25 29 23 19 23 19 · . 15 9 5 5 3 3 1 1 I 6 .. 11 17 10 16 1 .. 10 12 4 3 4 3 2 1 18 17 15 J(i 1 .. 8 14 7 10 7 10 · . · . 9 5 22 25 17 21 1 1 3 3 I 16 8 12 22 12 22 · . 21 4 10 11 9 11 1 12 9 11 16 II 14 2 ...... · . 8 5 43 50 32 47 2 2 4 ...... 5 .. I 32 33 2,640 600 58 79 1 1 2 .. ..2,517 507 4 3 9 1 51 7 202 216 10 14 22 13 22 .... 1 7 9 226 52 2 5 .. .. 195 43 .. 1 2 .. 27 3 12 19 43 30 5 12 1 ., .. 35 17 3 9 1\ 4 4 4 4 2 2

16 21 16 20 10 13 ...... " .. 7 7 7 3 7 2 1 6 4 5 10 5 10 5 10 3 I 3 1 3 1

3 3 3 3 · . . .. , " ...... · . 6 2 2,319 454 1 .. 2,287447 4 2 7 1 30 4 135 138 186 148 99 138 4 7 7 3 3 3 .. 37 .. 5 .. 2 .. 26 78 72 11 37 31 22 31 I 14 7 8 8 6 8 6 7 2 5 6 5 6 .. .. · . 4 S 33 28 25 26 2 2 3 3 21 22

32 13 5 13 4 .. 12 .. 4 ...... 7 H 11 4 6 4 6 3 .. 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 5 3 5 .- 3 3 7 9 6 8 1 2 6 4 8 4 7 .. · . 4 2 29 I 1 1 .. 3 ...... 24 .. 1 1 t 11 19 6 13 3 5 1 1 ...... 1 7 fl 10 13 7 13 1 .. 2 8 4 324 350 223 334 9 9 2 2 4 1 .. 8 .. 4 .. 54 .. 21 3 232 180 12 78 74 49 69 1 2 1 1 8 .. 2 .. 10 7 2 44 33 21 22 19 19 2 3 13 12 30 24 15 23 1 I 1 .. 7 .. 6 26 S 12 13 6 13 2 <4 •• .. 1<4 6 13 21 6 21 .. 2 .. 5 8 8 17 16 10 16 1 4 .. 2 8 8 1 7 1 7 ...... 4 2 25 23 17 23 1 7 .. 14 12 38 43 27 43 11 .. 29 26 25 23 22 22 1 ...... 2 .. 12 12 9 to 7 10 1 .. 1 .. 8 4 4 6 4 6 3 3 9 15 3 15 6 7 9

7 11 6 8 . , 3 .. II 10 35 42 31 39 3 3 31 27 178

LARA UL TAHSIL

.Sl. Village (Kothi)/Gaon Amenities Area Occu- HOllse- Total Scheduled Sch:dldcd Literate & No. in Sq. pied holds Population Castes Tribes Educated Miles Houses

p M F M F M F M p

2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 11 12 1'1 14 15

13 ,Kothi No. 13 0.99 128 11.9 908 461 447 96 82 284 349 160 26 Mooling P. 26 26 211 100 III 23 22 71 84 41 7 Bargul 15 15 119 58 61 42 60 23 4 Shipting 13 13 74 45 29 . . .. 30 26 II I Goshal P. 55 56 442 211 231 69 5~ 133 176 72 14 Topchcling 8 8 26 15 II 3 5 :I l 6 Tandipul 11 11 36 32 4 I 5 7

14 Kothi No. 14 0.52 64 67 426 202 224 12 13 189 211 63 15 Lingar 6 6 34 18 16 It) 16 7 Jobrang P. 24 24 167 72 95 9 8 63 87 20 II Rape P. 23 25 132 70 62 6') 62 26 2 Rashal 11 12 93 42 51 3 5 39 46 10 2 179

DIRECTORY LAHAUL & SPITI DISTRICT

WORK1,RS No,,' SI. ___ 0 ------~-~--- --_ - --_- --.- .~~-- WORKrRs No Total (I-IX) II III IV V VI VII VII[ IX :X ------_-_._._--- -- M F M F M F M I' M F M F M F M F M F l\'[ F M F

,~ 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2R 2') 30 31 32 :13 34 35 36 , ,

268 272 163 252 3 12 7 10 2 ., 34 7 2 · . 2 46 193 175 13 50 66 40 66 5 2 ...... 2 I 50 45 42 39 22 39 6 .. 1 13 16 22 31 20 II 19 ...... I .. ., . . 20 14 9 104 137 88 125 3 1 : 5 9 ...... · . · . .. 10 107 ()4 9 (] 2 3 ...... 7 3 · . · . · . . . (] 5 32 4 2 . , .. ., 26 4 2 2

122 156 120 155 1 , . . , ,. . . · . · . · . 80 (,8 14 11 12 1 I 12 .. " .. " 7 4 , 4\ 70 41 69 . , 1 . .. " .. · . 31 25 45 44 43 44 I .. . , ., .. 1 25 18 25 30 .. , . 17 21 25 30 '. " · . · . 180

SPITl TAHSIL \'ILLAGE

SI. Village (Kothi) GaOn Amenities Area Occu- House- Total Scheduled Scheduled Literate & No. in Sq. pied holds Population Castes Tribes '-rlucaled Miles Houses

p Iv! F 1\1 F l\1 ~I f

2 ~ 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 \1 12 n 14 15

Kothi No. t 1.66 360 364 1,554 785 769 17 16 731 75., 159 6 Losar P. 48 49 227 112 115 112 115 51 Kiomon Mp. 19 19 94 44 50 44 50 12 Hansa P. Mp. Po. 29 ~O 123 E I 62 61 (l~ ~2 Pangmon Mp. 10 10 5<) 31 28 31 ."",,1 , ,

Hull P. Mp. Po. 23 24 105 52 53 52 _,_) 5 Morang Mp. 9 9 35 14 21 .. .. 14 21" I Soomling P. 16 17 63 31 ~2 4 3 27 ::'J 4 Khurik Mp.Po. 31 31 123 67 56 8 9 59 'f7 15 KOlllk Mp. 18 18 76 36 40 36 ,10

Hekm Mp. 15 15 60 30 30 30 ~() Yooldhn Mp. 20 20 57 29 28 29 2)l .. .. -, ~I Langeha P. Mp. 35 35 146 74 72. . . .. 74 -- 15 () Kc P. Mp. 24 24 108 52 56 5 4 47 52 Goto Mp. 8 8 22 9 13 l} 1\

Tabo M.D. Mp (2). Po. 29 29 140 79 (il 52 61 I~ Gli P. Mp (2). Po. 26 26 116 64 52 54 52 .)

2 Kothi No.2 0.86 214 214 813 377 436 3 5 36~ 425 53 2 Kito 18 18 80 43 37 .. 43 .17 15 Mp. 7 7 30 15 15 I 3 JJ 12 .. Kibar D. Mr. Po. 61 61 259 117 142 112 138 25 2 Dumla 5 5 22 l) 13 l) ! :, Chikm P.Mp. 54 54 .184 83 101 .. 79 9-) Rangrik M.T. Rhc. Mp. Po. 69 69 238 110 128 2 2 ]08 126 I::!

3 Kothi No.3 0.42 211 2tl 878 SlS 363 (> 4 40;; 359 163 9 Makaidh Mp(2). 3 3 12 6 6 6 6 Kwang 6 6 27 12 15 12 15 .. . . Gooling Mp (1). Po. 20 20 89 44 45 44 45 II 3 Kaza P.O. P & T. 58 58 310 224 86 (, 115 gr) 1~2 2

Lara P. Po. 12 12 42 19 23 .. 19 23 .1 2 Damull P. 53 53 215 109 106 4 109 102 J 2 Tashoo Mp (2). 1 1 4 3 1 3 1 Laloong P. Mp (2). 43 43 133 72 61 72 (,f 2 Chobrng Mp (2). 3 3 ]0 6 4 (l 4 :'

Ral1la 9 9 25 15 10 15 10 Sungloong Mp. 3 3 II 5 6 5 (1 4 Kothi No.4 · . 0.75 174 177 744 386 358 3 3:,9 355 55 6 Ledhang Mr. 11 11 34 19 15 19 15 2 Lingte I I 17 17 . . .. 13 Dhunkar P. Mp (2). Po. 42 42 168 95 73 95 7 _, l) JinshingJing Mp. I I 2 I I 1 I

Nupoor 2 2 9 5 4 5 4 Poh Mp. 19 19 97 43 54 43 54 3 Kurit · . 2 2 10 6 4 6 4 Nadhang Mp. 6 6 19 II 8 II x Pomrang 4 4 18 8 10 8 10

Lari Mp (2). 17 17 78 32 46 32 4(i 3 Shichling · . 3 3 10 4 6 4 (, Mana Yogma P. Mp (2). 40 41 176 91 85 3 91 82 18 5 Mana Ogma Kongma Mp (3). 25 27 98 52 46 52 4(i 7 I Sillook Mp (2). I 1 8 2 6 2 (1 181

DIRECTORY LA HAUL & SPIT[ DISTRI CT 0

WORKERS No,,- SI. i WORKIR'. No. Total (I-IX) II III IV V VI VII VlII IX X

M F M F !'vi F M F M F M F M F M F !'vi F !'vi F !'vi F 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

529 541 470 523 16 18 2 1 .. .. 00 1 o • 39 256 228 t 83 80 81 80 I I 29 35 34 39 34 39 00 00 o. 00 10 II 46 50 44 50 I • 0 00 00 I 15 12 21 Hi 21 16 o. 00 00 o • . . .. 10 12 34 33 34 33 IS 20 10 18 10 18 4 3 27 24 27 24 4 8 40 42 39 42 I 27 14 23 25 23 25 .0 00 00 00 .. o. 13 15

18 22 18 22 o· " o. 12 8 13 19 12 19 1 .. 00 00 .0 · . o. 16 9 42 48 29 36 12 12 1 · . · . o. 32 24 23 32 20 27 3 5 00 o. .. 29 24 5 8 5 7 I • 0 o. · ...... 4 5 27 68 49 41 49 • 0 · . · . 11 12 42 36 32 36 to 22 16 224 296 169 203 51 93 1 1 · . 2 153 14a 2 25 31 25 31 00 • 0 .0 18 6 11 8 II 8 .0 o· 00 .. 4 7 62 98 39 53 22 45 00 00 00 I 55 44 9 7 9 7 6

53 66 34 39 17 27 1 00 .. 30 35 64 86 51 65 J2 21 1 46 42 361 263 167 188 64 68 1 2 1 1 · . 5 3 o. 3 .. 116 5 154 10il 3 5 5 5 5 I I 8 9 8 9 .. 4 6 23 28 15 22 4 6 00 00 o. . . .0 · . I 00 .0 3 21 17 177 61 50 52 1 2 I 2 1 4 3 3 113 5 47 25

9 19 8 18 1 I • 0 • 0 .. .. 10 4 73 75 33 31 40 44 • 0 00 '0 o. 00 · . 36 31 I 1 I I .. • 0 .. .. ~ o.

3~ .0 .. " 00 23 49 49 35 17 14 • 0 · . 12 3 4 3 4 o. .. · . 3 8 7 7 6 3 5 5 5 5 o. · . · . I 271 275 214 240 31 33 4 ...... 1 · . 21 2 115 83 4 12 14 11 12 1 2 .. 7 I

00 • 0 o. '0 17 17 · . · . · . • 0 71 52 50 39 20 13 1 24 21 1 1 1 1

00 00 .0 .0 o. • 0 5 4 21 45 20 45 1 · . 22 ') 5 2 5 2 . . .. o. I 2 o. o. 9 7 9 7 ...... · . · . • 0 2 I 7 5 7 5 .. .. o. · . · . .0 I 5 22 34 22 34 ...... W 12

4 3 4 3 00 00 .. o. .. · . . . .. - 0 3 60 67 47 54 7 11 3 ., '0 .. · . · . · . 3 2 31 18 41 40 37 33 3 7 I .. o. · . 00 · . · . • 0 II 6 1 5 1 5 I 1 182

SPITI TAHSIL VILLAGE

Sl. Village (Kothi) 'Gaon Amenities Area Occu- Housc- Total Scheduled Scheduled Literate & No. in Sq. pied holds Population Castes Tribes Educated Miles HOllses

p M E- M F M F \1 F

2 3 4 5 6 7 R <) [0 11 12 13 14 15 S Kothi No.5 0.05 11 11 275 261 14 42 31 14 140 Hoorling Po. 1 1 67 67 9 5 .. 44 Korik Mp(3). 7 7 97 84 13 14 20 13 47 Lupcha 1 I 95 95 .. 19 4 . . 4S Larit I J 3 2 1 2 1

Parchog Road 13 13 4 6 Kothi No.6 0.87 223 23] 1,012 503 509 5 5 498 504 43 Chidhang 4 4 ]2 5 7 5 7 2 Siling 4 4 24 12 12 12 12 Kuling P. 14 14 61 39 22 39 22 .. Chood Mp. 8 8 40 22 18 22 18 4

Hharpa Mp (3). 21 23 116 64 52 64 52 2 Koongre Mp (3). 19 22 83 38 45 5 5 33 40 18 1

Makim 3 3 9 1 8 I 8 " Phongchoong Mp. 9 <) 22 ]3 9 13 9 5 Ka 7 7 28 14 ]4 14 ]4

Sagnm P.D.Mp. Po. 43 43 195 102 93 102 93 6 Khar Mp. 12 13 65 30 35 30 35 2 Todhnm Mp. 9 10 38 16 22 ]6 22 Taling P.Mp (2). ]7 17 76 39 37 39 37 2 Ihmsa 5 5 25 12 13 12 13

Moodh Mp(2). 25 26 102 47 55 47 55 2 Dho! 4 4 17 8 9 8 9 Koma Mp. 7 7 36 14 22 14 22 Tangte Mp (3), 12 ]2 63 27 36 27 36 183

DIRECTORY LAHAUL & SPIT) DISTRICT

WORKFRS Nol'.- SI. ~.------WORKERS No, Total (I-IX) I II HI IV V VI VII VIII IX X

~~""----.------M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 H 35 36 37

256 13 11 13 245 5 5 , , 67 67 '. . , 79 12 9 12 .. .. · . 70 5 I 95 95 · . " · . 2 2

13 · , · . · . 13 329 347 358 337 9 19 3 I .. · , 6 156 151 6 4 4 4 4 I 3 7 7 7 7 , . · . · , 5 5 22 15 22 15 , . . . . , · , · , · . · . 17 7 13 14 13 13 1 · ...... · . · . 9 4 45 35 43 29 :2 6 . . " " · . .. .. · , · . · . · . . . 19 17 28 35 24 32 2 1 1 ...... 3 10 10 1 5 1 5 3 7 5 6 5 6 4 ]2 8 12 8 ...... · . · . .. 2 6 71 72 71 71 1 " .. , . 30 22 ]8 26 16 19 1 () 1 1 12 '} , 12 18 11 16 1 2 " . · . 4 4 26 28 21 27 I , , 2 2 " · . 13 9 7 10 7 10 · . .. · . 5 3

33 35 32 34 · . .. · . · . · . · . ]4 20 7 6 7 6 .. · . · , · . · . · . ] 3 10 12 10 12 4 10 23 24 22 24 4 12 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF GAONS IN LA HAUL & SPITI DISTRICT 187

LAHAUL TAHSIL

SI. Name of Gaon S1. No. in SI. Name of Gaon SI. No. in No. Village (K'Jthi) No. Village (Kolhi1 Directory Directory

2 3 Z 3

1. Bar See Under 6 70. Kolang- Sec Under 9 2. Barbog 8 71. Kothi 2 3. Bargul ]3 72. Krozing 5 ...1. Baryo 9 73. Kwang I _/j. Beeling 6 74. Kwaring 6 6. Bhabaring 1 75. Labrang II 7. Bogcha 10 76. Lalang 10 8. Bok 9 77. Lapchang 8 9. Bokar 6 78. Labaring I 10. Bokta 5 79. Lap Shak 4 II. Chambak 1 80. Lechawar I 12. Chhakabc 9 81. Legarang 5 13. Chheling R 82. Lesumnang 5 14. Chimya-Marti 10 83. Lindur 2 IS. Chhogzang I 84. Lingar 14 16. Chhokar 11 85. Linkyon' 9 17. Chokhang I 86. Lomach I 18. Compathang II 87. Longar 9 19. Dampok 10 88. Late 4 20. Dandak 1 89. Malang 5 21. Dangar 4 90. Mangon' 6 22. Darcha Dangllla 9 91. Marbal 4 23. Darcha Sumdu 9 92. Melling 3 24. Delda 1 93. Mey 9 25. Depay Marang 5 94. Mooling 13 26. Dh wansha 3 95. Mooring J 27. Dolang 12 96. Moorti 12- 28. Galing 1 97. Naingahar 1 ~2, ''Demur 9 98. Naida I 30. Gohrma 2 99. Othang I 31. Gondhla 12 100. Parandas 5 32. Goshal 13 101. Pasprag 8 33. Grampu-Tochhatra B & R Labour 10 102. Peukar 1\ 34. Gremus 6 103. Phuktal 12 35. Gumling 6 104. Phllnkiar 5 36. GlImrang " 6 105. Phura 1 37. Guskiari 6 106. PlIrad" 12 38. Gwar I 107. Raling 12 39. Gwazing 7 108. Rangark 9 40. Hauling 1 109. Rangbay 4 41. Jagdang 11 110. Rangcha· 10 42. Jagla 12 111. Rangyo 9 43. Ja1ma " 1 112. Rape 14 44. Jetth 1 J 13. Rapring 2 45. Jispa 9 114. Rarik 9 46. Jobrang 14 115. Rashal: 14 47. Joling 8 116. Ratal' 11 48. Jonglang 11 117. Rest-House 10 49. lunda I 118. Rolingpur 9 50. Kamarang ,/ 1 119. Ropsang 11 51. Kangcha " 12 120. Rualing 3 52. Kardang 7 121. Ruring 3 53. Kargll 5 122. Sakkac 12 54. Karing 4 123. Sarang 9 55. Kathal 11 124. Sarkhang 10 56. Kebak 11 125. Satingri 6 57. Keeling 2 126. Shanwar 1 58. Kelad 9 127. Shashan " 11 59. Keur 6 128 .. Shelling 1 60. Keylong 6 129. Shipting 13 61. Khangsar 9 130. Shogu 12 62. Khangsar 11 131. ShuJling 12 63. Kharchat Kongma 10 132. Shur thang " 11 64. Khinang 12 133. Tailing 10 65. Khoksar 10 134. Taljon 1 66. Khorpani 12 135. Tandi 5· 67. Khrauti '. 1 136. Tandiplli 13 68. Khwaling 11 137. Tayul 6 69. Kirting .. 3 138. Telingbay, " " 3 " 188

LA HAUL TAHSIL-coneld. sl. Name of Gaon SI. No. in S1. Name of Gaon sl. No. in No. Vll\age (Kothi) No. Ylllage(Kothl) Dlre.:tory 1 Directory

2 3 2 3 139. Thing Phdak See Under 3 149 Tozing see Under 4 140. Thirot I '150. Warang 4 141. Tholang 5 151. Wari 4 142. Thola Piaso 8 152. Yang Kirting 3 143. Thorang 12 153. Yangrang 4 144. Tibok I 154. Yangthang '1 145. Tiling 12 155. Yang Tozing 4 146. To-Karing 4 156. Yoche 9 147. Topcheling " 13 157. Yurnath 6 148. Topemarang 5 189

SPITI TAHSIL

81. Nal11f! of Gaon Sl. No. in SI. Name of Gaon SI. No. in No. Village (Kothi) No. Village (Kothi) Directory Directory 2 2 3 3 1. Bharpa See Under 6 36. Lara See Under 3 2. Chidhang 6 37. Lari 4 3. Chikm 2 38. Larit 5 4. Chobrng 3 39. Ledhang 4 5. Chood 6 40. Lingte 4 6. Da11lull 3 41. Losar i 7. Dhol 6 42. Lupcha 5 8. Dhunkar " 4 43. Makaidh " " 3 9. Dumla 2 44. Makim " " 6 10. Gooling 3 45. Mana Ogma Kongma " 4 II. Goto 1 46. Mana Yogma 4 12. Gu 1 47. Moodh 6 13. Hansa 1 48. Morang r 14. Hekm 1 49. Nadhang .." 4 15. Hoorling 5 50. Nupoor 4 16. Hull 1 51. Pangmon ".. 1 17. Ihmsa 6 52. Pare hog Road " 5 18. J insh ingling 4 53. Phongchoong " " 6 19. Ka 6 54. Poh 4 20. Kaza 3 55. Pomrang 4 21. Ke 1 56. Rama 3 22. Khar 6 I 57. Rangrik " 2 23. Khurik 1 58. Sagnm 6 24. Kibar 2 59. Shichling 4 25. Kiomon ] 60. Siling " 6 26. Kito 2 61. Sillook " 4 27' Koma 6 62. Soomling 1 28. Komk " 1 63. Sungloong " 3 29. Koongre 6 64. Tabo t 30. Korik 5 65. Taling " 6 31. Kuling 6 66. Tangte " 6 32. Kurit 4 67. Tashigang 2 33. Kwang 3 68. Tashoo " 3 34. Laloong 3 69. Todhnm 6 35. Langeha I 70. Yooldhn " t

292-9-11-67-500-Pb. Govt. Press, Patiala.